Bộ: Tipiṭaka (Mūla) · Uparipaṇṇāsapāḷi
Uparipaṇṇāsapāḷi
Đang xem liên mạch theo sách (179 trang nguồn) · Đang giới hạn hiển thị 25 trang đầu để tránh lag
Pāli
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato samm āsambuddhassa
Majjhimanikāye
Uparipaṇṇāsapāḷi
1. Devadahavaggo
1. Devadahasuttaṃ
1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṃ nāma sakyānaṃ nigamo.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato
paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino
– ‘yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ
taṃ pubbekatahetu. Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā,
āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā
vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Evaṃvādino, bhikkhave,
nigaṇṭhā.
‘‘Evaṃvādāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhe upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, āvuso
nigaṇṭhā, evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu. Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā,
navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā
dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’ti?
Te ca me, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā evaṃ puṭṭhā ‘āmā’ti paṭijānanti.
‘‘Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha – ahuvamheva mayaṃ pubbe,
na nāhuvamhā’ti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
‘‘‘Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha – akaramheva mayaṃ pubbe pāpakammaṃ, na
nākaramhā’ti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
‘‘‘Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha – evarūpaṃ vā evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ
akaramhā’ti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
‘‘‘Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha – ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ, ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
nijjīretabbaṃ, ettakamhi vā dukkhe nijjiṇṇe sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’ti? ‘No hidaṃ,
āvuso’.
‘‘‘Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha – diṭṭheva dhamme akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ,
kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampada’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
2. ‘‘Iti kira tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, na jānātha – ahuvamheva mayaṃ pubbe, na nāhuvamhāti, na
jānātha – akaramheva mayaṃ pubbe pāpakammaṃ, na nākaramhāti, na jānātha – evarūpaṃ vā
evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ akaramhāti, na jānātha – ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ, ettakaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ nijjīretabbaṃ, ettakamhi vā dukkhe nijjiṇṇe sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatīti, na
jānātha – diṭṭheva dhamme akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadaṃ;
evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo
pa ṭisa ṃ vedeti sukha ṃ vā dukkha ṃ vā adukkhamasukha ṃ vā, sabba ṃ ta ṃ pubbekatahetu. Iti
purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ
anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā
sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
‘‘Sace pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jāneyyātha – ahuvamheva mayaṃ pubbe, na nāhuvamhāti,
jāneyyātha – akaramheva mayaṃ pubbe pāpakammaṃ, na nākaramhāti, jāneyyātha – evarūpaṃ vā
evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ akaramhāti, jāneyyātha – ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ, ettakaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ nijjīretabbaṃ, ettakamhi vā dukkhe nijjiṇṇe sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatīti,
jāneyyātha – diṭṭheva dhamme akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ
upasampadaṃ; evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ
purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu.
Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo;
āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo;
vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
3. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena
[gāḷhapalepanena (ka.)] ; so sallassapi vedhanahetu [vedanāhetu (sī. pī. ka.)] dukkhā tibbā [tippā (sī. syā.
kaṃ. pī.)] kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṃ sallakattaṃ
upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ. Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikanteyya; so satthenapi
vaṇamukhassa parikantanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto
esaniyā sallaṃ eseyya; so esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. Tassa so
bhisakko sallakatto sallaṃ abbuheyya [abbuyheyya (sī.), abbhūṇheyya (syā. kaṃ.)] ; so sallassapi
abbuhanahetu [abbuyhanahetu (sī.), abbhūṇhanahetu (syā. kaṃ.)] dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā
vediyeyya. Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto agadaṅgāraṃ vaṇamukhe odaheyya; so agadaṅgārassapi
vaṇamukhe odahanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. So aparena samayena rūḷhena vaṇena
sañchavinā arogo assa sukhī serī sayaṃvasī yena kāmaṅgamo. Tassa evamassa – ahaṃ kho pubbe
sallena viddho ahosiṃ savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. Sohaṃ sallassapi vedhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā
vedanā vediyiṃ. Tassa me mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṃ sallakattaṃ upaṭṭhapesuṃ. Tassa me so
bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikanti; sohaṃ satthenapi vaṇamukhassa parikantanahetu
dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṃ. Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto esaniyā sallaṃ esi; so ahaṃ
esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṃ. Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto
sallaṃ abbuhi
[abbuyhi (sī.), abbhūṇhi (syā. kaṃ.)] ; sohaṃ sallassapi abbuhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā
vedanā vediyiṃ. Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto agadaṅgāraṃ vaṇamukhe odahi; sohaṃ
agadaṅgārassapi vaṇamukhe odahanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṃ. Somhi etarahi rūḷhena
vaṇena sañchavinā arogo sukhī serī sayaṃvasī yena kāmaṅgamo’’ti.
‘‘Evameva kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, sace tumhe jāneyyātha – ahuvamheva mayaṃ pubbe, na
nāhuvamhāti, jāneyyātha – akaramheva mayaṃ pubbe pāpakammaṃ, na nākaramhāti, jāneyyātha –
evarūpaṃ vā evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ akaramhāti, jāneyyātha – ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ,
ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjīretabbaṃ, ettakamhi vā dukkhe nijjiṇṇe sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ
bhavissatīti, jāneyyātha – diṭṭheva dhamme akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ
upasampadaṃ; evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ
purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu.
Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo;
āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo;
vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
‘‘Yasmā ca kho tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, na jānātha – ahuvamheva mayaṃ pubbe, na nāhuvamhāti,
na jānātha – akaramheva mayaṃ pubbe pāpakammaṃ, na nākaramhāti, na jānātha – evarūpaṃ vā
evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ akaramhāti, na jānātha – ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ, ettakaṃ vā
dukkha ṃ nijj īretabba ṃ , ettakamhi v ā dukkhe nijji ṇṇ e sabba ṃ dukkha ṃ nijji ṇṇ aṃ bhavissat īti, na
jānātha – diṭṭheva dhamme akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadaṃ;
tasmā āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo
paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu. Iti purāṇānaṃ
kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ anavassavā
kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ
dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
4. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, te nigaṇṭhā maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘nigaṇṭho, āvuso, nāṭaputto
[nāthaputto
(sī.)] sabbaññū sabbadassāvī, aparisesaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paṭijānāti. Carato ca me tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca
jāgarassa ca satataṃ samitaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhita’nti. So evamāha – ‘atthi kho vo, āvuso
nigaṇṭhā, pubbeva pāpakammaṃ kataṃ, taṃ imāya kaṭukāya dukkarakārikāya nijjīretha, yaṃ panettha
etarahi kāyena saṃvutā vācāya saṃvutā manasā saṃvutā taṃ āyatiṃ pāpakammassa akaraṇaṃ. Iti
purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ
anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā
sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Tañca panamhākaṃ ruccati ceva khamati ca, tena camhā
attamanā’’ti.
5. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, bhikkhave, te nigaṇṭhe etadavocaṃ – ‘pañca kho ime, āvuso nigaṇṭhā,
dhammā diṭṭheva dhamme dvidhāvipākā. Katame pañca? Saddhā, ruci, anussavo, ākāraparivitakko,
diṭṭhinijjhānakkhanti – ime kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, pañca dhammā diṭṭheva dhamme dvidhāvipākā.
Tatrāyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ kā atītaṃse satthari saddhā, kā ruci, ko anussavo, ko ākāraparivitakko,
kā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantī’ti. Evaṃvādī
[evaṃvādīsu (ka.)] kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhesu na kañci
[kiñci (sī. pī. ka.)] sahadhammikaṃ vādapaṭihāraṃ samanupassāmi.
‘‘Puna caparāhaṃ [puna ca panāhaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] , bhikkhave, te nigaṇṭhe evaṃ vadāmi – ‘taṃ kiṃ
maññatha, āvuso nigaṇṭhā. Yasmiṃ vo samaye tibbo [tippo (pī.)] upakkamo hoti tibbaṃ padhānaṃ,
tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha; yasmiṃ pana vo samaye na
tibbo upakkamo hoti na tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, na tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā
vedanā vediyethā’ti? ‘Yasmiṃ no, āvuso gotama, samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, tibbā
tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyāma; yasmiṃ pana no samaye na tibbo
upakkamo hoti na tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, na tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā
vediyāmā’’’ti.
6. ‘‘Iti kira, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yasmiṃ vo samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, tibbā
tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha; yasmiṃ pana vo samaye na tibbo
upakkamo hoti na tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, na tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā
vediyetha. Evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ
purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu.
Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo;
āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo;
vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatīti. Sace, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yasmiṃ vo samaye tibbo
upakkamo hoti tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, na tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā
vediyetha; yasmiṃ pana vo samaye na tibbo upakkamo hoti na tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, tibbā tasmiṃ samaye
opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha
[padhānaṃ, tiṭṭheyyeva tasmiṃ samaye… vedanā
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ; evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ
purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu.
Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo;
āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo;
vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
‘‘‘ Yasm ā ca kho, āvuso niga ṇṭ hā, yasmi ṃ vo samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibba ṃ padh āna ṃ , tibb ā
tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha; yasmiṃ pana vo samaye na tibbo
upakkamo hoti na tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, na tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā
vediyetha; te tumhe sāmaṃyeva opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vedayamānā avijjā aññāṇā
sammohā vipaccetha – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu. Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā,
navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā
dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’ti.
Evaṃvādīpi
[evaṃvādīsupi (ka.)] kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhesu na kañci sahadhammikaṃ
vādapaṭihāraṃ samanupassāmi.
7. ‘‘Puna caparāhaṃ, bhikkhave, te nigaṇṭhe evaṃ vadāmi – ‘taṃ kiṃ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā,
yamidaṃ kammaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā samparāyavedanīyaṃ
hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Yaṃ panidaṃ kammaṃ samparāyavedanīyaṃ taṃ
upakkamena vā padhānena vā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Taṃ
kiṃ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ sukhavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā
dukkhavedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Yaṃ panidaṃ kammaṃ
dukkhavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā sukhavedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No
hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Taṃ kiṃ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ paripakkavedanīyaṃ taṃ
upakkamena vā padhānena vā aparipakkavedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Yaṃ
panidaṃ kammaṃ aparipakkavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā paripakkavedanīyaṃ hotūti
labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Taṃ kiṃ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ
bahuvedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā appavedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ,
āvuso’. ‘Yaṃ panidaṃ kammaṃ appavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā bahuvedanīyaṃ
hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Taṃ kiṃ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ
savedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā avedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
‘Yaṃ panidaṃ kammaṃ avedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā savedanīyaṃ hotūti
labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
8. ‘‘Iti kira, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā
padhānena vā samparāyavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yaṃ panidaṃ kammaṃ samparāyavedanīyaṃ
taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ
sukhavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā dukkhavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ
kammaṃ dukkhavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā sukhavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ,
yamidaṃ kammaṃ paripakkavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā aparipakkavedanīyaṃ hotūti
alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ aparipakkavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā
paripakkavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ bahuvedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā
padhānena vā appavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ appavedanīyaṃ taṃ
upakkamena vā padhānena vā bahuvedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ savedanīyaṃ
taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā avedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ avedanīyaṃ
taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā savedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ; evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ
nigaṇṭhānaṃ aphalo upakkamo hoti, aphalaṃ padhānaṃ’’.
‘‘Evaṃvādī, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā. Evaṃvādīnaṃ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhānaṃ dasa sahadhammikā
vādānuvādā gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchanti.
9. ‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave,
nigaṇṭhā pubbe dukkaṭakammakārino yaṃ etarahi evarūpā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyanti. Sace,
bhikkhave, sattā issaranimmānahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā
pāpakena issarena nimmitā yaṃ etarahi evarūpā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyanti. Sace, bhikkhave,
satt ā sa ṅgatibh āvahetu sukhadukkha ṃ pa ṭisa ṃ vedenti; addh ā, bhikkhave, niga ṇṭ hā pāpasa ṅgatik ā ya ṃ
etarahi evar ūpā dukkh ā tibb ā ka ṭuk ā vedan ā vediyanti. Sace, bhikkhave, satt ā abhij ātihetu
sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā pāpābhijātikā yaṃ etarahi evarūpā dukkhā
tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyanti. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ
paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā evarūpā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamā yaṃ etarahi evarūpā
dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyanti.
‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā; no ce
sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā
issaranimmānahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā; no ce sattā issaranimmānahetu
sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā saṅgatibhāvahetu
sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā; no ce sattā saṅgatibhāvahetu sukhadukkhaṃ
paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā abhijātihetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti,
gārayhā nigaṇṭhā; no ce sattā abhijātihetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā. Sace,
bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā; no ce
sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā. Evaṃvādī,
bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā. Evaṃvādīnaṃ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhānaṃ ime dasa sahadhammikā vādānuvādā
gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchanti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aphalo upakkamo hoti, aphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
10 . ‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
na heva anaddhabhūtaṃ attānaṃ dukkhena addhabhāveti, dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca
sukhe anadhimucchito hoti. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘imassa kho me dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṃ padahato
saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti, imassa pana me dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato
virāgo hotī’ti. So yassa hi khvāssa
[yassa kho panassa (sī.), yassa khvāssa (pī.)] dukkhanidānassa
saṅkhāraṃ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti, saṅkhāraṃ tattha padahati. Yassa panassa
dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti. Tassa tassa
dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṃ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti – evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ
nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. Tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti –
evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti.
11 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso itthiyā sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. So
taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ.
Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṃ
santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Amu hi, bhante,
puriso amussā itthiyā sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. Tasmā taṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena
purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā’’ti. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa evamassa – ‘ahaṃ kho
amussā itthiyā sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. Tassa me amuṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena
purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yo me amussā itthiyā chandarāgo taṃ
pajaheyya’nti. So yo amussā itthiyā chandarāgo taṃ pajaheyya. So taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aparena
samayena aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ. Taṃ kiṃ
maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ
sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā’’ti? ‘‘No
hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Amu hi, bhante, puriso amussā itthiyā virāgo. Tasmā taṃ itthiṃ
disvā aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ na uppajjeyyuṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā’’ti.
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva anaddhabhūtaṃ attānaṃ dukkhena addhabhāveti,
dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca sukhe anadhimucchito hoti. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘imassa
kho me dukkhanid ānassa sa ṅkh āra ṃ padahato sa ṅkh ārappadh ānā vir āgo hoti, imassa pana me
dukkhanid ānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkha ṃ bh āvayato vir āgo hot ī’ti. So yassa hi khv āssa
dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṃ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti, saṅkhāraṃ tattha padahati; yassa
panassa dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti.
Tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṃ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti – evampissa taṃ
dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. Tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti –
evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ
padhānaṃ.
12 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yathāsukhaṃ kho me viharato
akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti; dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato
akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ
padaheyya’nti. So dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. Tassa dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā
parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. So na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. Taṃ
kissa hetu? Yassa hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthāya dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho
abhinipphanno hoti. Tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,
usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. Yato kho, bhikkhave,
usukārassa tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṃ hoti paritāpitaṃ ujuṃ kataṃ
[ujuṃ kataṃ hoti (sī.)]
kammaniyaṃ, na so taṃ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti
kammaniyaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yassa hi so, bhikkhave, atthāya usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeyya
paritāpeyya ujuṃ kareyya kammaniyaṃ svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. Tasmā na aparena samayena
usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. Evameva kho, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yathāsukhaṃ kho me viharato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā
dhammā parihāyanti; dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā
abhivaḍḍhanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya’nti. So dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. Tassa
dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. So na aparena
samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yassa hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthāya
dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. Tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya
attānaṃ padahati. Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
13 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho
bhagavā. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ
sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ
majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā aññatarasmiṃ vā kule
paccājāto. So taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena saddhāpaṭilābhena
samannāgato iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Nayidaṃ
sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
pabbajeyya’nti. So aparena samayena appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā
bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, appaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya
kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati.
14 . ‘‘So evaṃ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya
pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.
Adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā
viharati. Abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hoti ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. Musāvādaṃ
pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa.
Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti; ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya,
amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya – iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā sahitānaṃ vā
anuppadātā samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Pharusaṃ
vāca ṃ pah āya pharus āya v ācāya pa ṭivirato hoti; y ā sā vācā nel ā ka ṇṇ asukh ā peman īyā
hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Samphappalāpaṃ
pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī,
nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. So
bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirato hoti. Ekabhattiko hoti rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā.
Naccag ītavāditavisūkadassanā paṭivirato hoti. Mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā
paṭivirato hoti. Uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti. Jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti.
Āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti.
Itthikumārikapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇā
paṭivirato hoti. Kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato
hoti. Khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogā paṭivirato hoti.
Kayavikkayā paṭivirato hoti. Tulākūṭakaṃsakūṭamānakūṭā paṭivirato hoti.
Ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā
[sāviyogā (syā. kaṃ. ka.) ettha sācisaddo kuṭilapariyāyo] paṭivirato
hoti. Chedanavadhabandhanaviparāmosaālopasahasākārā paṭivirato hoti [passa ma. ni. 1.293
cūḷahatthipadopame] .
‘‘So santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva
pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati. Seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo yena yeneva ḍeti sapattabhārova
ḍeti, evameva bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena; so
yena yeneva pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati. So iminā ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato
ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
15 . ‘‘So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ
cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ
tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ
sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ
phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā
dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ
āpajjati. So iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
‘‘So abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite
[sammiñjite (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī
hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite
nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti.
16 . ‘‘So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, (imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā
samannāgato,) [passa ma. ni. 1.296 cūḷahatthipadopame] iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṃvarena
samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ
rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. So
pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṃ
satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ
parisodheti. Byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī,
byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti. Thinamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato
sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ
vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti. Vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati
akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.
‘‘So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe vivicceva kā
mehi vivicca
akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati. Evampi , bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphala ṃ padh āna ṃ.
‘‘ Puna capara ṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavic ārāna ṃ vūpasam ā ajjhatta ṃ sampas ādana ṃ cetaso
ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno,
sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti. Yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ
jh ānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva
somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati. Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
17 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So anekavihitaṃ
pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ [seyyathīdaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo
tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi
jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi
vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro
evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ
evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so
tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Evampi,
bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
18 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So dibbena cakkhunā
visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe,
sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā
vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā
micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ
upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā
manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena
atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate
duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ
padhānaṃ.
19 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘ime āsavā’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato
evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ
vimuccati. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ
padhānaṃ. Evaṃvādī, bhikkhave, tathāgatā. Evaṃvādīnaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgatānaṃ
[tathāgato,
evaṃvādiṃ bhikkhave tathāgataṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dasa sahadhammikā pāsaṃsaṭṭhānā āgacchanti.
20 . ‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave,
tathāgato pubbe sukatakammakārī yaṃ etarahi evarūpā anāsavā sukhā vedanā vedeti. Sace, bhikkhave,
satt ā issaranimm ānahetu sukhadukkha ṃ pa ṭisa ṃvedenti; addh ā, bhikkhave, tath āgato bhaddakena
issarena nimmito ya ṃ etarahi evar ūpā an āsav ā sukh ā vedan ā vedeti. Sace, bhikkhave, satt ā
saṅgatibhāvahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave, tathāgato kalyāṇasaṅgatiko yaṃ
etarahi evarūpā anāsavā sukhā vedanā vedeti. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā abhijātihetu sukhadukkhaṃ
paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave, tathāgato kalyāṇābhijātiko yaṃ etarahi evarūpā anāsavā sukhā
vedanā vedeti. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti;
addhā, bhikkhave, tathāgato kalyāṇadiṭṭhadhammūpakkamo yaṃ etarahi evarūpā anāsavā sukhā vedanā
vedeti.
‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato; no ce
sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā
issaranimmānahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato; no ce sattā issaranimmānahetu
sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā saṅgatibhāvahetu
sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato; no ce sattā saṅgatibhāvahetu sukhadukkhaṃ
paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā abhijātihetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti,
pāsaṃso tathāgato; no ce sattā abhijātihetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato. Sace,
bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato; no ce
sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato. Evaṃvādī,
bhikkhave, tathāgatā. Evaṃvādīnaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgatānaṃ ime dasa sahadhammikā pāsaṃsaṭṭhānā
āgacchantī’’ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
Devadahasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.
2. Pañcattayasuttaṃ
[pañcāyatanasutta (ka.)]
21 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa
ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato
paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā aparantakappikā
aparantānudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ ārabbha anekavihitāni adhivuttipadāni
[adhimuttipadāni (syā. kaṃ. ka.)]
abhivadanti. ‘Saññī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā’ti – ittheke abhivadanti; ‘asaññī attā hoti arogo paraṃ
maraṇā’ti – ittheke abhivadanti; ‘nevasaññīnāsaññī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā’ti – ittheke
abhivadanti; sato vā pana sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapenti [paññāpenti (sī. syā. kaṃ.
pī.)] , diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vā paneke abhivadanti. Iti santaṃ vā attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ [paraṃ
maraṇā. iti imāni (ka.)] paraṃ maraṇā, sato vā pana sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapenti,
diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vā paneke abhivadanti. Iti imāni pañca [paraṃ maraṇā. iti imāni (ka.)] hutvā tīṇi
honti, tīṇi hutvā pañca honti – ayamuddeso pañcattayassa.
22 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā,
rūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, arūpiṃ vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, ekattasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nānattasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, parittasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, appamāṇasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, etaṃ [evaṃ (ka.)] vā panekesaṃ
[panetesaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] upātivattataṃ viññāṇakasiṇameke abhivadanti appamāṇaṃ āneñjaṃ. Tayidaṃ,
bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti [pajānāti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) aṭṭhakathā oloketabbā]. Ye kho te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiṃ vā te bhonto
sama ṇabr āhma ṇā saññi ṃ att āna ṃ paññapenti aroga ṃ para ṃ mara ṇā , ar ūpi ṃ vā te bhonto
sama ṇabr āhma ṇā saññi ṃ att āna ṃ paññapenti aroga ṃ para ṃ mara ṇā , rūpiñca ar ūpiñca v ā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, ekattasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nānattasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, parittasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, appamāṇasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā [maraṇāti (ka.)] , yā vā panetāsaṃ
saññānaṃ parisuddhā paramā aggā anuttariyā akkhāyati – yadi rūpasaññānaṃ yadi arūpasaññānaṃ yadi
ekattasaññānaṃ yadi nānattasaññānaṃ. ‘Natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanameke abhivadanti appamāṇaṃ
āneñjaṃ. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti – iti viditvā
tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
23 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā,
rūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, arūpiṃ vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā tesamete paṭikkosanti. Taṃ kissa
hetu? Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā sallaṃ, etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ – ‘asañña’nti.
Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti ye kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ
paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti
arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, arūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ahamaññatra rūpā,
aññatra vedanāya, aññatra saññāya, aññatra saṅkhārehi, viññāṇassa
[aññatra viññāṇā (syā. kaṃ.), aññatra
viññāṇena (ka.)] āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā cutiṃ vā upapattiṃ vā vuddhiṃ vā virūḷhiṃ vā vepullaṃ vā
paññapessāmī’ti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ
nirodho attheta’nti – iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
24 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, arūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti
arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ
paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti
arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā tesamete paṭikkosanti, yepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ
paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā tesamete paṭikkosanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā
sallaṃ, asaññā sammoho, etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ – ‘nevasaññānāsañña’nti.
[nevasaññānāsaññāti (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.) etantipadaṃ manasikātabbaṃ]Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato
abhijānāti. Ye kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ
maraṇā, rūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ
maraṇā, arūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ
maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ
paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā. Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā [samaṇabrāhmaṇā (sī.
pī.)] diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbasaṅkhāramattena etassa āyatanassa upasampadaṃ paññapenti,
byasanañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, akkhāyati [āyatanamakkhāyati (ka.)] etassa āyatanassa upasampadāya. Na
hetaṃ, bhikkhave, āyatanaṃ saṅkhārasamāpattipattabbamakkhāyati;
saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattipattabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, āyatanamakkhāyati. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ
atthi kho pana sa ṅkh ārāna ṃ nirodho attheta ’nti –iti viditv ā tassa nissara ṇadass āvī tath āgato
tadup ātivatto.
25 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ
paññapenti, tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā
tesamete paṭikkosanti, yepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ
maraṇā tesamete paṭikkosanti, yepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti
arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā tesamete paṭikkosanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Sabbepime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā
uddhaṃ saraṃ [uddhaṃsarā (sī. pī.), uddhaṃ parāmasanti (syā. kaṃ.)] āsattiṃyeva abhivadanti – ‘iti
pecca bhavissāma, iti pecca bhavissāmā’ti. Seyyathāpi nāma vāṇijassa vāṇijjāya gacchato evaṃ hoti –
‘ito me idaṃ bhavissati, iminā idaṃ lacchāmī’ti, evamevime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā vāṇijūpamā
maññe paṭibhanti – ‘iti pecca bhavissāma, iti pecca bhavissāmā’ti. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato
abhijānāti. Ye kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapenti te
sakkāyabhayā sakkāyaparijegucchā sakkāyaññeva anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti. Seyyathāpi nāma sā
gaddulabaddho daḷhe thambhe vā khile [khīle (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vā upanibaddho, tameva thambhaṃ vā
khilaṃ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati; evamevime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sakkāyabhayā
sakkāyaparijegucchā sakkāyaññeva anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi
kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
26 . ‘‘Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aparantakappikā aparantānudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ
ārabbha anekavihitāni adhivuttipadāni abhivadanti, sabbe te imāneva pañcāyatanāni abhivadanti etesaṃ
vā aññataraṃ.
27 . ‘‘Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā pubbantakappikā pubbantānudiṭṭhino pubbantaṃ
ārabbha anekavihitāni adhivuttipadāni abhivadanti. ‘Sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ
moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘asassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –
ittheke abhivadanti, ‘sassato ca asassato ca attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke
abhivadanti, ‘nevasassato nāsassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke
abhivadanti, ‘antavā attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘anantavā
attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘antavā ca anantavā ca attā ca
loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘nevantavā nānantavā attā ca loko ca,
idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘ekattasaññī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ
moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘nānattasaññī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti
–ittheke abhivadanti, ‘parittasaññī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke
abhivadanti, ‘appamāṇasaññī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti,
‘ekantasukhī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘ekantadukkhī attā
ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘sukhadukkhī attā ca loko ca,
idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘adukkhamasukhī attā ca loko ca, idameva
saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti.
28 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘sassato attā ca loko ca,
idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti, tesaṃ vata aññatreva saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā
aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā paccattaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ bhavissati parisuddhaṃ
pariyodātanti –netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Paccattaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, ñāṇe asati parisuddhe pariyodāte
yadapi
[yadipi (ka.)] te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā tattha ñāṇabhāgamattameva pariyodapenti tadapi tesaṃ
bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upādānamakkhāyati. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana
saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
29 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘asassato attā ca loko
ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti…pe… [yathā sassatavāre, tathā vitthāretabbaṃ]sassato ca
asassato ca attā ca loko ca… nevasassato nāsassato attā ca loko ca… antavā attā ca loko ca… anantavā
att ā ca loko ca … antav ā ca anantav ā ca att ā ca loko ca … nevantav ā nānantav ā att ā ca loko ca …
ekattasaññ ī att ā ca loko ca … nānattasaññ ī att ā ca loko ca … parittasaññ ī att ā ca loko ca …
appamāṇasaññī attā ca loko ca… ekantasukhī attā ca loko ca… ekantadukkhī attā ca loko ca…
sukhadukkhī attā ca loko ca… adukkhamasukhī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamaññanti, tesaṃ
vata aññatreva saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra
diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā paccattaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ bhavissati parisuddhaṃ pariyodātanti –netaṃ ṭhānaṃ
vijjati. Paccattaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, ñāṇe asati parisuddhe pariyodāte yadapi te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā tattha ñāṇabhāgamattameva pariyodapenti tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ
samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upādānamakkhāyati. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ
nirodho attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
30 . ‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekaṃ pītiṃ
upasampajja viharati – ‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharāmī’ti.
Tassa sā pavivekā pīti nirujjhati. Pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati domanassaṃ, domanassassa
nirodhā uppajjati pavivekā pīti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yaṃ chāyā jahati taṃ ātapo pharati, yaṃ ātapo
jahati ta ṃ chāyā pharati; evameva kho, bhikkhave, pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati domanassaṃ,
domanassassa nirodhā uppajjati pavivekā pīti. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti. Ayaṃ kho
bhavaṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca
paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharati – ‘etaṃ
santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharāmī’ti. Tassa sā pavivekā pīti
nirujjhati. Pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati domanassaṃ, domanassassa nirodhā uppajjati pavivekā
pīti. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa
nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
31 . ‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā
samatikkamā nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ upasampajja viharati – ‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ nirāmisaṃ
sukhaṃ upasampajja viharāmī’ti. Tassa taṃ nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ nirujjhati. Nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā
uppajjati pavivekā pīti, pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,
yaṃ chāyā jahati taṃ ātapo pharati, yaṃ ātapo jahati taṃ chāyā pharati; evameva kho, bhikkhave,
nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā uppajjati pavivekā pīti, pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati nirāmisaṃ
sukhaṃ. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti. Ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā
pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ
anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā samatikkamā, nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ upasampajja viharati – ‘etaṃ santaṃ
etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ upasampajja viharāmī’ti. Tassa taṃ nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ
nirujjhati. Nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā uppajjati pavivekā pīti, pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati
nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti –iti
viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
32 . ‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā
samatikkamā, nirāmisassa sukhassa samatikkamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ upasampajja viharati –
‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ upasampajja viharāmī’ti. Tassa sā
adukkhamasukhā vedanā nirujjhati. Adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya nirodhā uppajjati nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ,
nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yaṃ chāyā
jahati ta ṃ ātapo pharati, yaṃ ātapo jahati taṃ chāyā pharati; evameva kho, bhikkhave,
adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya nirodhā uppajjati nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ, nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā
uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti. Ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā samatikkamā, nirāmisassa sukhassa
samatikkamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ upasampajja viharati – ‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ
adukkhamasukha ṃ vedana ṃ upasampajja vihar āmī’ti. Tassa s ā adukkhamasukh ā vedan ā nirujjhati.
Adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya nirodhā uppajjati nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ, nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā
uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho
attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
33 . ‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā
samatikkamā, nirāmisassa sukhassa samatikkamā, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya samatikkamā –
‘santohamasmi, nibbutohamasmi, anupādānohamasmī’ti samanupassati. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato
abhijānāti. Ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā
samatikkamā, nirāmisassa sukhassa samatikkamā, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya samatikkamā –
‘santohamasmi, nibbutohamasmi, anupādānohamasmī’ti samanupassati; addhā ayamāyasmā
nibbānasappāyaṃyeva paṭipadaṃ abhivadati. Atha ca panāyaṃ bhavaṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā
pubbantānudiṭṭhiṃ vā upādiyamāno upādiyati, aparantānudiṭṭhiṃ vā upādiyamāno upādiyati,
kāmasaṃyojanaṃ vā upādiyamāno upādiyati, pavivekaṃ vā pītiṃ upādiyamāno upādiyati, nirāmisaṃ vā
sukhaṃ upādiyamāno upādiyati, adukkhamasukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ upādiyamāno upādiyati. Yañca kho
ayamāyasmā – ‘santohamasmi, nibbutohamasmi, anupādānohamasmī’ti samanupassati tadapi imassa
bhoto samaṇassa brāhmaṇassa upādānamakkhāyati. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana
saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, tathāgatena anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ abhisambuddhaṃ yadidaṃ –
channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca
yathābhūtaṃ viditvā
[anupādāvimokkho. tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathāgatena anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ
abhisambuddhaṃ, yadidaṃ channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca
ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā anupādāvimokkhoti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]
anupādāvimokkho’’ti [anupādāvimokkho. tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathāgatena anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ
abhisambuddhaṃ, yadidaṃ channaṃ phassāyatanaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca
adīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā anupādāvimokkhoti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] .
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
Pañcattayasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.
3. Kintisuttaṃ
34 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ –ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā pisinārāyaṃ [kusinārāyaṃ (sī.)] viharati baliharaṇe
vanasaṇḍe. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato
paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kinti vo, bhikkhave, mayi hoti – ‘cīvarahetu vā samaṇo gotamo
dhammaṃ deseti, piṇḍapātahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ deseti, senāsanahetu vā samaṇo gotamo
dhammaṃ deseti, itibhavābhavahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ desetī’’’ti? ‘‘Na kho no, bhante,
bhagavati evaṃ hoti – ‘cīvarahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ deseti, piṇḍapātahetu vā samaṇo
gotamo dhammaṃ deseti, senāsanahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ deseti, itibhavābhavahetu vā
samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ desetī’’’ti.
‘‘Na ca kira vo, bhikkhave, mayi evaṃ hoti – ‘cīvarahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ deseti…
pe… itibhavābhavahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ desetī’ti; atha kinti carahi vo [atha kinti vo (sī.
pī.), atha kiñcarahi vo (ka.)] , bhikkhave, mayi hotī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ kho no, bhante, bhagavati hoti –
‘anukampako bhagavā hitesī; anukampaṃ upādāya dhammaṃ desetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evañca [evaṃ (sī. pī.)] kira
vo, bhikkhave, mayi hoti – ‘ anukampako bhagav ā hites ī; anukampa ṃ up ādāya dhamma ṃ deset ī’’’ ti.
35 . ‘‘ Tasm ātiha, bhikkhave, ye vo [ye te (ka.)] may ā dhamm ā abhiññ ā desit ā, seyyathida ṃ –
cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta
bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, tattha sabbeheva samaggehi sammodamānehi avivadamānehi
sikkhitabbaṃ. Tesañca vo, bhikkhave, samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ
siyaṃsu
[siyuṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ.) saddanīti oloketabbā]dve bhikkhū abhidhamme nānāvādā. Tatra ce
tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘imesaṃ kho āyasmantānaṃ atthato ceva nānaṃ byañjanato ca nāna’nti, tattha
yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ [subbacataraṃ (ka.)] maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo –
‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato ceva nānaṃ, byañjanato ca nānaṃ. Tadamināpetaṃ [tadimināpetaṃ (syā.
kaṃ.)] āyasmanto jānātha –yathā atthato ceva nānaṃ, byañjanato ca nānaṃ. Māyasmanto vivādaṃ
āpajjitthā’ti. Athāparesaṃ ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so
upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato ceva nānaṃ, byañjanato ca nānaṃ.
Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto jānātha –yathā atthato ceva nānaṃ, byañjanato ca nānaṃ. Māyasmanto
vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Iti duggahitaṃ duggahitato dhāretabbaṃ, suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretabbaṃ.
Duggahitaṃ duggahitato dhāretvā suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretvā [iti duggahitaṃ duggahitato
dhāretabbaṃ, duggahitaṃ duggahitato dhāretvā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) anantaravārattaye pana idaṃ
pāṭhanānattaṃ natthi] yo dhammo yo vinayo so bhāsitabbo.
36 . ‘‘Tatra ce tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘imesaṃ kho āyasmantānaṃ atthato hi kho nānaṃ, byañjanato
sametī’ti, tattha yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo –
‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato hi nānaṃ, byañjanato sameti. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto jānātha –yathā
atthato hi kho nānaṃ, byañjanato sameti. Māyasmanto vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Athāparesaṃ
ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa
vacanīyo – ‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato hi kho nānaṃ, byañjanato sameti. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto
jānātha –yathā atthato hi kho nānaṃ, byañjanato sameti. Māyasmanto vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Iti
duggahitaṃ duggahitato dhāretabbaṃ, suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretabbaṃ. Duggahitaṃ duggahitato
dhāretvā suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretvā yo dhammo yo vinayo so bhāsitabbo.
37 . ‘‘Tatra ce tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘imesaṃ kho āyasmantānaṃ atthato hi kho sameti, byañjanato
nāna’nti, tattha yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo –
‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato hi sameti, byañjanato nānaṃ. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto jānātha –yathā
atthato hi kho sameti, byañjanato nānaṃ. Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ yadidaṃ –byañjanaṃ.
Māyasmanto appamattake vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Athāparesaṃ ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ
bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmantānaṃ kho
atthato hi sameti, byañjanato nānaṃ. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto jānātha –yathā atthato hi kho sameti,
byañjanato nānaṃ. Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ yadidaṃ –byañjanaṃ. Māyasmanto appamattake
[appamattakehi (sī. pī.)] vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Iti suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretabbaṃ, duggahitaṃ
duggahitato dhāretabbaṃ. Suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretvā duggahitaṃ duggahitato dhāretvā yo
dhammo yo vinayo so bhāsitabbo.
38 . ‘‘Tatra ce tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘imesaṃ kho āyasmantānaṃ atthato ceva sameti byañjanato
ca sametī’ti, tattha yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo –
‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato ceva sameti, byañjanato ca sameti. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto jānātha –
yathā atthato ceva sameti byañjanato ca sameti. Māyasmanto vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Athāparesaṃ
ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa
vacanīyo – ‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato ceva sameti byañjanato ca sameti. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto
jānātha –yathā atthato ceva sameti byañjanato ca sameti. Māyasmanto vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Iti
suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretabbaṃ. Suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretvā yo dhammo yo vinayo so
bhāsitabbo.
39 . ‘‘Tesañca vo, bhikkhave, samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ siyā
aññatarassa bhikkhuno āpatti siyā vītikkamo, tatra, bhikkhave, na codanāya taritabbaṃ [coditabbaṃ
(sy ā. ka ṃ. ka.) turitabba ṃ (?)] . Puggalo upaparikkhitabbo – ‘ iti mayhañca avihes ā bhavissati
parassa ca puggalassa anupaghāto, paro hi puggalo akkodhano anupanāhī adaḷhadiṭṭhī suppaṭinissaggī,
sakkomi cāhaṃ etaṃ puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetu’nti. Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa,
kallaṃ vacanāya.
‘‘Sace pana, bhikkhave, evamassa – ‘mayhaṃ kho avihesā bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa
upaghāto, paro hi puggalo kodhano upanāhī adaḷhadiṭṭhī suppaṭinissaggī, sakkomi cāhaṃ etaṃ
puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetuṃ. Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ yadidaṃ –parassa
[yadidaṃ mayhañca vihesā bhavissati parassa ca (ka.)] puggalassa upaghāto. Atha kho etadeva
bahutaraṃ –svāhaṃ sakkomi etaṃ puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetu’nti. Sace,
bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṃ vacanāya.
‘‘Sace pana, bhikkhave, evamassa – ‘mayhaṃ kho vihesā bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa
anupaghāto. Paro hi puggalo akkodhano anupanāhī daḷhadiṭṭhī duppaṭinissaggī, sakkomi cāhaṃ etaṃ
puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetuṃ. Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ yadidaṃ –mayhaṃ
vihesā
[mayhañca vihesā bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa upaghāto (ka.)] . Atha kho etadeva bahutaraṃ
–svāhaṃ sakkomi etaṃ puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetu’nti. Sace, bhikkhave,
evamassa, kallaṃ vacanāya.
‘‘Sace pana, bhikkhave, evamassa – ‘mayhañca kho vihesā bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa
upaghāto. Paro hi puggalo kodhano upanāhī daḷhadiṭṭhī duppaṭinissaggī, sakkomi cāhaṃ etaṃ puggalaṃ
akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetuṃ. Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ yadidaṃ –mayhañca vihesā
bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa upaghāto. Atha kho etadeva bahutaraṃ –svāhaṃ sakkomi etaṃ
puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetu’nti. Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṃ vacanāya.
‘‘Sace pana, bhikkhave, evamassa – ‘mayhañca kho vihesā bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa
upaghāto. Paro hi puggalo kodhano upanāhī daḷhadiṭṭhī duppaṭinissaggī, na cāhaṃ sakkomi etaṃ
puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetu’nti. Evarūpe, bhikkhave, puggale upekkhā
nātimaññitabbā.
40 . ‘‘Tesañca vo, bhikkhave, samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ
aññamaññassa vacīsaṃhāro
[vacīsaṅkhāro (sī. pī.)] uppajjeyya diṭṭhipaḷāso [diṭṭhipalāso (sī. ka.)] cetaso
āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi. Tattha ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ
maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘yaṃ no, āvuso, amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ
sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ aññamaññassa vacīsaṃhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso
cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi, taṃ jānamāno samaṇo garaheyyā’ti
[samāno (sī. ka.)] . Sammā
byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ byākareyya – ‘yaṃ no, āvuso, amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ
sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ aññamaññassa vacīsaṃhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso
cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi, taṃ jānamāno samaṇo garaheyyāti. Etaṃ panāvuso, dhammaṃ
appahāya nibbānaṃ sacchikareyyā’ti. Sammā byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ byākareyya –
‘etaṃ, āvuso, dhammaṃ appahāya na nibbānaṃ sacchikareyyā’ti.
‘‘Athāparesaṃ ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha, so
upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘yaṃ no, āvuso, amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ
avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ aññamaññassa vacīsaṃhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo
anabhiraddhi, taṃ jānamāno samaṇo garaheyyā’ti. Sammā byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ
byākareyya – ‘yaṃ no, āvuso, amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ
aññamaññassa vacīsaṃhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi taṃ jānamāno
samaṇo garaheyyāti. Etaṃ panāvuso, dhammaṃ appahāya nibbānaṃ sacchikareyyā’ti. Sammā
byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ byākareyya – ‘etaṃ kho, āvuso, dhammaṃ appahāya na
nibbānaṃ sacchikareyyā’’’ti.
‘‘ Ta ṃ ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ṃ pare eva ṃ puccheyyu ṃ – ‘ āyasmat ā no ete bhikkh ū akusal ā
vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpitā’ti? Sammā byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ byākareyya –
‘idhāhaṃ, āvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃ, tassa me bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi, tāhaṃ dhammaṃ
sutvā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ abhāsiṃ. Taṃ te bhikkhū dhammaṃ sutvā akusalā vuṭṭhahiṃsu, kusale
patiṭṭhahiṃsū’ti. Evaṃ byākaramāno kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na ceva attānaṃ ukkaṃseti, na paraṃ
vambheti, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaroti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ
ṭhānaṃ āgacchatī’’ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
Kintisuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.
4. Sāmagāmasuttaṃ
41 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati sāmagāme. Tena kho pana
samayena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto
[nāthaputto (sī. pī.)] pāvāyaṃ adhunākālaṅkato [kālakato (sī. syā. kaṃ.
pī.)] hoti. Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā [dveḷhakajātā (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] bhaṇḍanajātā
kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ
dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi, ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāmi. Kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ
ājānissasi! Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te.
Purevacanīyaṃ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṃ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṃ
[aviciṇṇaṃ (sī. pī.)] te
viparāvattaṃ. Āropito te vādo. Niggahitosi, cara vādappamokkhāya; nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti.
Vadhoyeva kho [vadhoyeveko (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] maññe nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu vattati. Yepi nigaṇṭhassa
nāṭaputtassa sāvakā gihī odātavasanā tepi nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu nibbinnarūpā [nibbindarūpā (syā.
kaṃ. ka.)] virattarūpā paṭivānarūpā yathā taṃ durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike
anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe.
42 . Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭho [vassaṃvuttho (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] yena
sāmagāmo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto pāvāyaṃ adhunākālaṅkato. Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā
dvedhikajātā…pe… bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā ānando cundaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘atthi kho idaṃ, āvuso cunda, kathāpābhataṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Āyāma, āvuso
cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ bhagavato ārocessāmā’’ti.
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi.
Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando cundo ca samaṇuddeso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, cundo samaṇuddeso evamāha – ‘nigaṇṭho, bhante,
nāṭaputto pāvāyaṃ adhunākālaṅkato. Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā…pe…
bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘māheva bhagavato accayena saṅghe
vivādo uppajji; svāssa
[so (sī. pī.), svāyaṃ (ka.)] vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya bahuno
janassa anatth āya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussāna’’’nti.
43 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, ānanda, ye vo mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, seyyathidaṃ – cattāro
satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo
aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, passasi no tvaṃ, ānanda, imesu dhammesu dvepi bhikkhū nānāvāde’’ti? ‘‘Ye me,
bhante, dhammā bhagavatā abhiññā desitā, seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā
cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, nāhaṃ passāmi
imesu dhammesu dvepi bhikkhū nānāvāde. Ye ca kho
[santi ca kho (syā. kaṃ.), santi ca (ka.)] , bhante,
puggalā bhagavantaṃ patissayamānarūpā viharanti tepi bhagavato accayena saṅghe vivādaṃ janeyyuṃ
ajjh ājīve v ā adhip ātimokkhe v ā. Sv āssa [sossa (s ī. pī.), sv āya ṃ (ka.)] viv ādo bahujan āhit āya
bahujanāsukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Appamattako so,
ānanda, vivādo yadidaṃ – ajjhājīve vā adhipātimokkhe vā. Magge vā hi, ānanda, paṭipadāya vā saṅghe
vivādo uppajjamāno uppajjeyya; svāssa vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya bahuno janassa
anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ.
44 . ‘‘Chayimāni, ānanda, vivādamūlāni. Katamāni cha? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī.
Yo so, ānanda, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi
agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. Yo so,
ānanda, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme… saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso,
sikkhāya na paripūrakārī hoti, so saṅghe vivādaṃ janeti; yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya
bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. Evarūpañce tumhe,
ānanda, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā samanupasseyyātha, tatra tumhe, ānanda, tasseva
pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānāya vāyameyyātha. Evarūpañce tumhe, ānanda, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ
vā bahiddhā vā na samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, ānanda, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ
anavassavāya paṭipajjeyyātha. Evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānaṃ hoti, evametassa
pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ anavassavo hoti.
45 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu makkhī hoti paḷāsī…pe… issukī hoti maccharī…pe… saṭho
hoti māyāvī…pe… pāpiccho hoti micchādiṭṭhi
[micchādiṭṭhī (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] …pe…
sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī. Yo so, ānanda, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti
ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati
appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. Yo so, ānanda, bhikkhu
satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme… saṅghe… sikkhāya na paripūrakārī hoti so saṅghe
vivādaṃ janeti; yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya
dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. Evarūpañce tumhe, ānanda, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā
samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, ānanda, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānāya vāyameyyātha.
Evarūpañce tumhe, ānanda, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā na samanupasseyyātha, tatra tumhe,
ānanda, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ anavassavāya paṭipajjeyyātha. Evametassa pāpakassa
vivādamūlassa pahānaṃ hoti, evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ anavassavo hoti. Imāni kho,
ānanda, cha vivādamūlāni.
46 . ‘‘Cattārimāni, ānanda, adhikaraṇāni. Katamāni cattāri? Vivādādhikaraṇaṃ,
anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ, āpattādhikaraṇaṃ, kiccādhikaraṇaṃ – imāni kho, ānanda, cattāri adhikaraṇāni.
Satta kho panime, ānanda, adhikaraṇasamathā – uppannuppannānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ samathāya
vūpasamāya sammukhāvinayo dātabbo, sativinayo dātabbo, amūḷhavinayo dātabbo, paṭiññāya
kāretabbaṃ, yebhuyyasikā, tassapāpiyasikā, tiṇavatthārako.
47 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, sammukhāvinayo hoti? Idhānanda, bhikkhū vivadanti dhammoti vā
adhammoti vā vinayoti vā avinayoti vā. Tehānanda, bhikkhūhi sabbeheva samaggehi sannipatitabbaṃ.
Sannipatitvā dhammanetti samanumajjitabbā. Dhammanettiṃ samanumajjitvā yathā tattha sameti tathā
taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametabbaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, sammukhāvinayo hoti; evañca
panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ – sammukhāvinayena.
48 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, yebhuyyasikā hoti? Te ce, ānanda, bhikkhū na sakkonti taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ
tasmiṃ āvāse vūpasametuṃ. Tehānanda, bhikkhūhi yasmiṃ āvāse bahutarā bhikkhū so āvāso gantabbo.
Tattha sabbeheva samaggehi sannipatitabbaṃ. Sannipatitvā dhammanetti samanumajjitabbā.
Dhammanettiṃ samanumajjitvā yathā tattha sameti tathā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametabbaṃ. Evaṃ kho,
ānanda, yebhuyyasikā hoti, evañca panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ –
yebhuyyasikāya.
49 . ‘‘ Kathañc ānanda, sativinayo hoti? Idh ānanda, bhikkh ū bhikkhu ṃ evar ūpāya garuk āya āpattiy ā
codenti pārājikena vā pārājikasāmantena vā – ‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṃ [evarūpaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)
evarūpāya-iti vuccamānavacanena sameti. vinayenapi saṃsandetabbaṃ]garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā
pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti? So evamāha – ‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ
āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. Tassa kho [tassa kho evaṃ (sabbattha)] , ānanda,
bhikkhuno sativinayo dātabbo. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, sativinayo hoti, evañca panidhekaccānaṃ
adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ – sativinayena.
50 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, amūḷhavinayo hoti? Idhānanda, bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ evarūpāya garukāya
āpattiyā codenti pārājikena vā pārājikasāmantena vā – ‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā
pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti? (So evamāha – ‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ
āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. Tamenaṃ so nibbeṭhentaṃ ativeṭheti –
‘iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā
pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti.)
[( ) etthantare pāṭho cūḷava. 237 natthi tassapāpiyasikāvāreevetena
bhavitabbaṃ]So evamāha – ‘ahaṃ kho, āvuso, ummādaṃ pāpuṇiṃ cetaso vipariyāsaṃ. Tena me
ummattakena bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhāciṇṇaṃ bhāsitaparikkantaṃ [bhāsitaparikantaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ.
pī.)] . Nāhaṃ taṃ sarāmi. Mūḷhena me etaṃ kata’nti. Tassa kho [tassa kho evaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] ,
ānanda, bhikkhuno amūḷhavinayo dātabbo. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, amūḷhavinayo hoti, evañca
panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ – amūḷhavinayena.
51 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ hoti? Idhānanda, bhikkhu codito vā acodito vā āpattiṃ
sarati, vivarati uttānīkaroti
[uttāniṃ karoti (ka.)] . Tena, ānanda, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhataraṃ bhikkhuṃ
[vuḍḍhataro bhikkhu (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā pāde vanditvā
ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ
āpanno, taṃ paṭidesemī’ti. So evamāha – ‘passasī’ti? ‘Āma passāmī’ti. ‘Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’ti.
(‘Saṃvarissāmī’ti.) [( ) vinaye natthi] Evaṃ kho, ānanda, paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ hoti, evañca
panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ – paṭiññātakaraṇena.
52 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, tassapāpiyasikā hoti? Idhānanda, bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ evarūpāya garukāya
āpattiyā codeti pārājikena vā pārājikasāmantena vā – ‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā
pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti? So evamāha – ‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ
āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. Tamenaṃ so nibbeṭhentaṃ ativeṭheti –
‘iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā
pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. So evamāha – ‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā
pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā; sarāmi ca kho ahaṃ, āvuso, evarūpiṃ appamattikaṃ āpattiṃ
āpajjitā’ti. Tamenaṃ so nibbeṭhentaṃ ativeṭheti – ‘iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi
evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti? So evamāha – ‘imañhi
nāmāhaṃ, āvuso, appamattikaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā apuṭṭho paṭijānissāmi. Kiṃ panāhaṃ evarūpiṃ
garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā puṭṭho napaṭijānissāmī’ti? So evamāha –
‘imañhi nāma tvaṃ, āvuso, appamattikaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā apuṭṭho napaṭijānissasi, kiṃ pana tvaṃ
evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā puṭṭho [apuṭṭho (syā. kaṃ. ka.)]
paṭijānissasi? Iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ
vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. So evamāha – ‘sarāmi kho ahaṃ, āvuso, evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā
pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā. Davā me etaṃ vuttaṃ, ravā me etaṃ vuttaṃ – nāhaṃ taṃ sarāmi
evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. Evaṃ kho, ānanda,
tassapāpiyasikā hoti, evañca panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ –
tassapāpiyasikāya.
53 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, tiṇavatthārako hoti? Idhānanda, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ
vivādāpannānaṃ viharataṃ bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhāciṇṇaṃ hoti bhāsitaparikkantaṃ. Tehānanda,
bhikkhūhi sabbeheva samaggehi sannipatitabbaṃ. Sannipatitvā ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ byattena
[byattatarena (s ī. pī. ka.)] bhikkhun ā uṭṭ hāyāsan ā eka ṃsa ṃ cīvara ṃ katv ā añjali ṃ pa ṇā metv ā
saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Idaṃ amhākaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ
viharataṃ bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhāciṇṇaṃ bhāsitaparikkantaṃ. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ yā
ceva imesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṃ atthāya attano ca
atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṃ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṃyutta’’’nti.
‘‘Athāparesaṃ ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ byattena bhikkhunā uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ
katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Idaṃ amhākaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ
viharataṃ bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhāciṇṇaṃ bhāsitaparikkantaṃ. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ yā
ceva imesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṃ atthāya attano ca
atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṃ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṃyutta’’’nti.
‘‘Evaṃ kho, ānanda, tiṇavatthārako hoti, evañca panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti
yadidaṃ – tiṇavatthārakena.
54 . ‘‘Chayime, ānanda, dhammā sāraṇīyā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā
ekībhāvāya saṃvattanti. Katame cha? Idhānanda, bhikkhuno mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti
sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya
avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhuno mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi
ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā
ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhuno mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi
ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā
ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu – ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso
pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi – apaṭivibhattabhogī hoti, sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi
sādhāraṇabhogī. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā
ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu – yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni
bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu – sīlasāmaññagato
viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya
avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu – yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā
dukkhakkhayā tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā – diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca.
Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya
saṃvattati. Ime kho, ānanda, cha sāraṇīyā dhammā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya
sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattanti.
‘‘Ime ce tumhe, ānanda, cha sāraṇīye dhamme samādāya vatteyyātha, passatha no tumhe, ānanda,
taṃ vacanapathaṃ aṇuṃ vā thūlaṃ vā yaṃ tumhe nādhivāseyyāthā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Tasmātihānanda, ime cha sāraṇīye dhamme samādāya vattatha. Taṃ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya
sukh āyā’’ ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
Sāmagāmasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.
5. Sunakkhattasuttaṃ
55 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ.
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulehi bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā hoti – ‘‘‘khīṇā jāti,
vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti. Assosi kho sunakkhatto
licchaviputto – ‘‘sambahulehi kira bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā hoti – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti. Atha kho sunakkhatto
licchaviputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante –
‘sambahulehi kira bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā – khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ,
kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti. ‘‘Ye te, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato santike aññaṃ
byākaṃsu – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti,
kacci te, bhante, bhikkhū sammadeva aññaṃ byākaṃsu udāhu santetthekacce bhikkhū adhimānena
aññaṃ byākaṃsūti?
56 . ‘‘Ye te, sunakkhatta, bhikkhū mama santike aññaṃ byākaṃsu – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti. ‘‘Santetthekacce bhikkhū
sammadeva aññaṃ byākaṃsu, santi panidhekacce bhikkhū adhimānenapi
[adhimānena (?)] aññaṃ
byākaṃsu. Tatra, sunakkhatta, ye te bhikkhū sammadeva aññaṃ byākaṃsu tesaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti; ye
pana te bhikkhū adhimānena aññaṃ byākaṃsu tatra, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘dhammaṃ
nesaṃ desessa’nti [deseyyanti (pī. ka.)] . Evañcettha, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassa hoti – ‘dhammaṃ nesaṃ
desessa’nti. Atha ca panidhekacce moghapurisā pañhaṃ abhisaṅkharitvā abhisaṅkharitvā tathāgataṃ
upasaṅkamitvā pucchanti. Tatra, sunakkhatta, yampi tathāgatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘dhammaṃ nesaṃ
desessa’nti tassapi hoti aññathatta’’nti. ‘‘Etassa bhagavā kālo, etassa sugata kālo, yaṃ bhagavā
dhammaṃ deseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, sunakkhatta suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ
manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavato paccassosi.
Bhagavā etadavoca –
57 . ‘‘Pañca kho ime, sunakkhatta, kāmaguṇā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā…
jivh āviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā –
ime kho, sunakkhatta, pañca kāmaguṇā.
58 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo lokāmisādhimutto
assa. Lokāmisādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta, purisapuggalassa tappatirūpī ceva kathā saṇṭhāti,
tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañca purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati;
āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ
upaṭṭhāpeti [upaṭṭhapeti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] , na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati.
Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sakamhā gāmā vā nigamā vā ciravippavuttho assa. So aññataraṃ
purisaṃ passeyya tamhā gāmā vā nigamā vā acirapakkantaṃ. So taṃ purisaṃ tassa gāmassa vā
nigamassa vā khematañca subhikkhatañca appābādhatañca puccheyya; tassa so puriso tassa gāmassa vā
nigamassa vā khematañca subhikkhatañca appābādhatañca saṃseyya. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta,
api nu so puriso tassa purisassa sussūseyya, sotaṃ odaheyya, aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyya, tañca purisaṃ
bhajeyya, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, ṭhānametaṃ
vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo lokāmisādhimutto assa. Lokāmisādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta,
purisapuggalassa tappatir ūpī ceva kath ā sa ṇṭ hāti, tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvic āreti, tañca
purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati; āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na
sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ
āpajjati. So evamassa veditabbo – ‘āneñjasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto [āneñjasaṃyojanena hi kho
visaṃyutto-iti pāṭho sī. syā. kaṃ. pī. potthakesu natthi, aṭṭhakathāsu pana tabbaṇṇanā dissatiyeva]
lokāmisādhimutto purisapuggalo’’’ti.
59 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo āneñjādhimutto assa.
Āneñjādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta, purisapuggalassa tappatirūpī ceva kathā saṇṭhāti,
tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañca purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati;
lokāmisapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ
upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati. Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, paṇḍupalāso
bandhanā pavutto abhabbo haritattāya; evameva kho, sunakkhatta, āneñjādhimuttassa purisapuggalassa
ye lokāmisasaṃyojane se pavutte. So evamassa veditabbo – ‘lokāmisasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto
āneñjādhimutto purisapuggalo’’’ti.
60 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo
ākiñcaññāyatanādhimutto assa. Ākiñcaññāyatanādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta, purisapuggalassa
tappatirūpī ceva kathā saṇṭhāti, tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañca purisaṃ bhajati, tena
ca vittiṃ āpajjati; āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati,
na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati. Seyyathāpi,
sunakkhatta, puthusilā dvedhābhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti; evameva kho, sunakkhatta,
ākiñcaññāyatanādhimuttassa purisapuggalassa ye āneñjasaṃyojane se bhinne. So evamassa veditabbo –
‘āneñjasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto ākiñcaññāyatanādhimutto purisapuggalo’’’ti.
61 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanādhimutto assa. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta,
purisapuggalassa tappatirūpī ceva kathā saṇṭhāti, tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañca
purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati; ākiñcaññāyatanapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya
na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ
āpajjati. Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso manuññabhojanaṃ bhuttāvī chaḍḍeyya
[chaddeyya (?)] . Taṃ
kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu tassa purisassa tasmiṃ bhatte [vante (ka. sī.), bhutte (ka. sī. ka.)] puna
bhottukamyatā assā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Aduñhi, bhante, bhattaṃ [vantaṃ
(sī.)] paṭikūlasammata’’nti. ‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanādhimuttassa
purisapuggalassa ye ākiñcaññāyatanasaṃyojane se vante. So evamassa veditabbo –
‘ākiñcaññāyatanasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto nevasaññānāsaññāyatanādhimutto purisapuggalo’ti.
62 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo sammā
nibbānādhimutto assa. Sammā nibbānādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta, purisapuggalassa tappatirūpī ceva
kathā saṇṭhāti, tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañca purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ
āpajjati; nevasaññānāsaññāyatanapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ
odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati. Seyyathāpi,
sunakkhatta, tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna viruḷhiyā; evameva kho, sunakkhatta, sammā
nibbānādhimuttassa purisapuggalassa ye nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaṃyojane se ucchinnamūle
tālāvatthukate anabhāvaṃkate
[anabhāvakate (sī. pī.), anabhāvaṅgate (syā. kaṃ.)] āyatiṃ
anuppādadhamme. So evamassa veditabbo – ‘nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto
sammā nibbānādhimutto purisapuggalo’’’ti.
63 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evamassa – ‘taṇhā
kho sallaṃ samaṇena vuttaṃ, avijjāvisadoso, chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. Taṃ me taṇhāsallaṃ
pah īna ṃ , apan īto avijj āvisadoso, samm ā nibb ānādhimuttohamasm ī’ti. Eva ṃ m āni [eva ṃ m ānī (sī. pī.
ka.), evam ādi (sy ā. ka ṃ .)] assa atatha ṃ sam āna ṃ [attha ṃ sam āna ṃ (sy ā. ka ṃ . pī.), atthasam āna ṃ
(sī.)] . So yāni sammā nibbānādhimuttassa asappāyāni tāni anuyuñjeyya; asappāyaṃ cakkhunā
rūpadassanaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ
anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ jivhāya rasaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ anuyuñjeyya,
asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ anuyuñjeyya. Tassa asappāyaṃ cakkhunā rūpadassanaṃ anuyuttassa,
asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ jivhāya
rasaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ
anuyuttassa rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseyya. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya
maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. Tassa mittāmaccā
ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṃ sallakattaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ. Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ
parikanteyya. Satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṃ eseyya. Esaniyā sallaṃ esitvā sallaṃ
abbuheyya, apaneyya visadosaṃ saupādisesaṃ. Saupādisesoti [anupādisesoti (sabbattha) ayaṃ hi
tathāgatassa visayo] jānamāno so evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ambho purisa, ubbhataṃ kho te sallaṃ, apanīto
visadoso saupādiseso [anupādiseso (sabbattha) ayampi tathāgatassa visayo] . Analañca te antarāyāya.
Sappāyāni ceva bhojanāni bhuñjeyyāsi, mā te asappāyāni bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa. Kālena
kālañca vaṇaṃ dhoveyyāsi, kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpeyyāsi, mā te na kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ
dhovato na kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato pubbalohitaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandhi. Mā ca
vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuñji, mā te vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuttassa rajosūkaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ anuddhaṃsesi.
Vaṇānurakkhī ca, ambho purisa, vihareyyāsi vaṇasāropī’ti
[vaṇassāropīti (ka.) vaṇa + saṃ + ropī =
vaṇasāropī-iti padavibhāgo] . Tassa evamassa – ‘ubbhataṃ kho me sallaṃ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso.
Analañca me antarāyāyā’ti. So asappāyāni ceva bhojanāni bhuñjeyya. Tassa asappāyāni bhojanāni
bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa. Na ca kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhoveyya, na ca kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ
ālimpeyya. Tassa na kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhovato, na kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato
pubbalohitaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandheyya. Vātātape ca cārittaṃ anuyuñjeyya. Tassa vātātape
cārittaṃ anuyuttassa rajosūkaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ anuddhaṃseyya. Na ca vaṇānurakkhī vihareyya na
vaṇasāropī. Tassa imissā ca asappāyakiriyāya, asuci visadoso apanīto saupādiseso tadubhayena vaṇo
puthuttaṃ gaccheyya. So puthuttaṃ gatena vaṇena maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ.
‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evamassa – ‘taṇhā
kho sallaṃ samaṇena vuttaṃ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. Taṃ me taṇhāsallaṃ
pahīnaṃ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. Evaṃmāni assa atathaṃ
samānaṃ. So yāni sammā nibbānādhimuttassa asappāyāni tāni anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ cakkhunā
rūpadassanaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ
anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ jivhāya rasaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ anuyuñjeyya,
asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ anuyuñjeyya. Tassa asappāyaṃ cakkhunā rūpadassanaṃ anuyuttassa,
asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ jivhāya
rasaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ
anuyuttassa rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseyya. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya
maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Maraṇañhetaṃ, sunakkhatta, ariyassa vinaye yo sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya
hīnāyāvattati; maraṇamattañhetaṃ, sunakkhatta, dukkhaṃ yaṃ aññataraṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati.
64 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evamassa – ‘taṇhā
kho sallaṃ samaṇena vuttaṃ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. Taṃ me taṇhāsallaṃ
pahīnaṃ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. Sammā nibbānādhimuttasseva
sato so yāni sammā nibbānādhimuttassa asappāyāni tāni nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ cakkhunā
rūpadassanaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ
nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ jivhāya rasaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ nānuyuñjeyya,
asapp āya ṃ manas ā dhamma ṃ nānuyuñjeyya. Tassa asapp āya ṃ cakkhun ā rūpadassana ṃ nānuyuttassa,
asapp āya ṃ sotena sadda ṃ nānuyuttassa, asapp āya ṃ gh ānena gandha ṃ nānuyuttassa, asapp āya ṃ
jivh āya rasaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ manasā
dhammaṃ nānuyuttassa rāgo cittaṃ nānuddhaṃseyya. So na rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena neva maraṇaṃ
vā nigaccheyya na maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. Tassa mittāmaccā
ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṃ sallakattaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ. Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ
parikanteyya. Satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṃ eseyya. Esaniyā sallaṃ esitvā sallaṃ
abbuheyya, apaneyya visadosaṃ anupādisesaṃ. Anupādisesoti jānamāno so evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ambho
purisa, ubbhataṃ kho te sallaṃ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. Analañca te antarāyāya. Sappāyāni ceva
bhojanāni bhuñjeyyāsi, mā te asappāyāni bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa. Kālena kālañca vaṇaṃ
dhoveyyāsi, kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpeyyāsi. Mā te na kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhovato na kālena
kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato pubbalohitaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandhi. Mā ca vātātape cārittaṃ
anuyuñji, mā te vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuttassa rajosūkaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ anuddhaṃsesi. Vaṇānurakkhī ca,
ambho purisa, vihareyyāsi vaṇasāropī’ti. Tassa evamassa – ‘ubbhataṃ kho me sallaṃ, apanīto visadoso
anupādiseso. Analañca me antarāyāyā’ti. So sappāyāni ceva bhojanāni bhuñjeyya. Tassa sappāyāni
bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo na assāvī assa. Kālena kālañca vaṇaṃ dhoveyya, kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ
ālimpeyya. Tassa kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhovato kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato na pubbalohitaṃ
vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandheyya. Na ca vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuñjeyya. Tassa vātātape cārittaṃ
ananuyuttassa rajosūkaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ nānuddhaṃseyya. Vaṇānurakkhī ca vihareyya vaṇasāropī. Tassa
imissā ca sappāyakiriyāya asu ca
[asuci (sabbattha) socāti tabbaṇṇanā manasikātabbā]visadoso apanīto
anupādiseso tadubhayena vaṇo viruheyya. So ruḷhena vaṇena sañchavinā neva maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya
na maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ.
‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evamassa – ‘taṇhā
kho sallaṃ samaṇena vuttaṃ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. Taṃ me taṇhāsallaṃ
pahīnaṃ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. Sammā nibbānādhimuttasseva
sato so yāni sammā nibbānādhimuttassa asappāyāni tāni nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ cakkhunā
rūpadassanaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ
nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ jivhāya rasaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ nānuyuñjeyya,
asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ nānuyuñjeyya. Tassa asappāyaṃ cakkhunā rūpadassanaṃ nānuyuttassa,
asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ jivhāya
rasaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ
nānuyuttassa, rāgo cittaṃ nānuddhaṃseyya. So na rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena neva maraṇaṃ vā
nigaccheyya na maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ.
65 . ‘‘Upamā kho me ayaṃ, sunakkhatta, katā atthassa viññāpanāya. Ayaṃyevettha attho – vaṇoti
kho, sunakkhatta, channetaṃ ajjhattikānaṃ āyatanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ; visadosoti kho, sunakkhatta,
avijjāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ; sallanti kho, sunakkhatta, taṇhāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ; esanīti kho, sunakkhatta,
satiyāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ; satthanti kho, sunakkhatta, ariyāyetaṃ paññāya adhivacanaṃ; bhisakko
sallakattoti kho, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
‘‘So vata, sunakkhatta, bhikkhu chasu phassāyatanesu saṃvutakārī ‘upadhi dukkhassa mūla’nti – iti
viditvā nirupadhi upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto upadhismiṃ vā kāyaṃ upasaṃharissati cittaṃ vā
uppādessatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, āpānīyakaṃso vaṇṇasampanno
gandhasampanno rasasampanno; so ca kho visena saṃsaṭṭho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo
amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhapaṭikūlo. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu so puriso amuṃ
āpānīyakaṃsaṃ piveyya yaṃ jaññā – ‘imāhaṃ pivitvā maraṇaṃ vā nigacchāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā
dukkha’’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, so vata bhikkhu chasu phassāyatanesu
saṃvutakārī ‘upadhi dukkhassa mūla’nti – iti viditvā nirupadhi upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto upadhismiṃ vā
kāyaṃ upasaṃharissati cittaṃ vā uppādessatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, āsīviso
[āsiviso (ka.)] ghoraviso. Atha puriso āgaccheyya j īvituk āmo amarituk āmo sukhak āmo
dukkhapaṭikūlo. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu so puriso amussa āsīvisassa ghoravisassa
hatthaṃ vā aṅguṭṭhaṃ vā dajjā [yuñjeyya (ka.)] yaṃ jaññā – ‘imināhaṃ daṭṭho maraṇaṃ vā nigacchāmi
maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, so vata bhikkhu
chasu phassāyatanesu saṃvutakārī ‘upadhi dukkhassa mūla’nti – iti viditvā nirupadhi upadhisaṅkhaye
vimutto upadhismiṃ vā kāyaṃ upasaṃharissati cittaṃ vā uppādessatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
Sunakkhattasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.
6. Āneñjasappāyasuttaṃ
66 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṃ nāma kurūnaṃ
nigamo. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato
paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘aniccā, bhikkhave, kāmā tucchā musā mosadhammā. Māyākatame
taṃ, bhikkhave, bālalāpanaṃ. Ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye ca samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca
diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā – ubhayametaṃ māradheyyaṃ, mārassesa
[mārasseva (ka.)] visayo, mārassesa nivāpo, mārassesa gocaro. Etthete pāpakā akusalā mānasā
abhijjhāpi byāpādāpi sārambhāpi saṃvattanti. Teva ariyasāvakassa idhamanusikkhato antarāyāya
sambhavanti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye ca
samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā – ubhayametaṃ
māradheyyaṃ, mārassesa visayo, mārassesa nivāpo, mārassesa gocaro. Etthete pāpakā akusalā mānasā
abhijjhāpi byāpādāpi sārambhāpi saṃvattanti, teva ariyasāvakassa idhamanusikkhato antarāyāya
sambhavanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ vipulena mahaggatena cetasā vihareyyaṃ abhibhuyya lokaṃ adhiṭṭhāya
manasā. Vipulena hi me mahaggatena cetasā viharato abhibhuyya lokaṃ adhiṭṭhāya manasā ye pāpakā
akusalā mānasā abhijjhāpi byāpādāpi sārambhāpi te na bhavissanti. Tesaṃ pahānā aparittañca me cittaṃ
bhavissati appamāṇaṃ subhāvita’nti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati.
Sampasāde sati etarahi vā āneñjaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā.
Ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa āneñjūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamā
āneñjasappāyā paṭipadā akkhāyati’’.
67 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye
ca samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā; yaṃ kiñci
rūpaṃ (sabbaṃ rūpaṃ) [( ) natthi sī. pī. potthakesu] cattāri ca mahābhūtāni, catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ
upādāyarūpa’nti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati. Sampasāde sati
etarahi vā āneñjaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ
vijjati yaṃ taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa āneñjūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyā āneñjasappāyā
paṭipadā akkhāyati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye ca
samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā; ye ca
diṭṭhadhammikā rūpā, ye ca samparāyikā rūpā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā rūpasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā
rūpasaññā – ubhayametaṃ aniccaṃ. Yadaniccaṃ taṃ nālaṃ abhinandituṃ, nālaṃ abhivadituṃ, nālaṃ
ajjhositu’nti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati. Sampasāde sati etarahi
vā āneñjaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ
taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa āneñjūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyā āneñjasappāyā paṭipadā
akkhāyati.
68 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye
ca samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā; ye ca
di ṭṭ hadhammik ā rūpā, ye ca sampar āyik ā rūpā; yā ca di ṭṭ hadhammik ā rūpasaññ ā, yā ca sampar āyik ā
rūpasaññā; yā ca āneñjasaññā – sabbā saññā. Yatthetā aparisesā nirujjhanti etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ –
yadidaṃ ākiñcaññāyatana’nti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati.
Sampasāde sati etarahi vā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ
maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa ākiñcaññāyatanūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, paṭhamā ākiñcaññāyatanasappāyā paṭipadā akkhāyati.
69 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā iti
paṭisañcikkhati – ‘suññamidaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā’ti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino
āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati. Sampasāde sati etarahi vā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā
adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa
ākiñcaññāyatanūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyā ākiñcaññāyatanasappāyā paṭipadā akkhāyati.
70 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘nāhaṃ kvacani [kvacini (syā.
kaṃ. sī. aṭṭha.)] kassaci kiñcanatasmiṃ [kiñcanatasmi (?)] , na ca mama kvacani kismiñci kiñcanaṃ
natthī’ti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati. Sampasāde sati etarahi vā
ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ
vijjati yaṃ taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa ākiñcaññāyatanūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyā
ākiñcaññāyatanasappāyā paṭipadā akkhāyati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye ca
samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā; ye ca
diṭṭhadhammikā rūpā, ye ca samparāyikā rūpā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā rūpasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā
rūpasaññā; yā ca āneñjasaññā, yā ca ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā – sabbā saññā. Yatthetā aparisesā nirujjhanti
etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ – yadidaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatana’nti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa
tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati. Sampasāde sati etarahi vā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ
samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ
taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasappāyā paṭipadā akkhāyatī’’ti.
71 . Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhikkhu evaṃ paṭipanno
hoti – ‘no cassa, no ca me siyā; na bhavissati, na me bhavissati; yadatthi yaṃ, bhūtaṃ – taṃ pajahāmī’ti.
Evaṃ upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. Parinibbāyeyya nu kho so, bhante, bhikkhu na vā parinibbāyeyyā’’ti?
‘‘Apetthekacco, ānanda, bhikkhu parinibbāyeyya, apetthekacco bhikkhu na parinibbāyeyyā’’ti. ‘‘Ko nu
kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yenapetthekacco bhikkhu parinibbāyeyya, apetthekacco bhikkhu na
parinibbāyeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Idhānanda, bhikkhu evaṃ paṭipanno hoti – ‘no cassa, no ca me siyā; na bhavissati,
na me bhavissati; yadatthi, yaṃ bhūtaṃ – taṃ pajahāmī’ti. Evaṃ upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. So taṃ
upekkhaṃ abhinandati, abhivadati, ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Tassa taṃ upekkhaṃ abhinandato abhivadato
ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato tannissitaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ tadupādānaṃ. Saupādāno, ānanda, bhikkhu na
parinibbāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Kahaṃ pana so, bhante, bhikkhu upādiyamāno upādiyatī’’ti?
‘‘Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Upādānaseṭṭhaṃ kira so, bhante, bhikkhu upādiyamāno
upādiyatī’’ti? ‘‘Upādānaseṭṭhañhi so, ānanda, bhikkhu upādiyamāno upādiyati. Upādānaseṭṭhañhetaṃ,
ānanda, yadidaṃ – nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ’’.
72 . ‘‘Idhānanda, bhikkhu evaṃ paṭipanno hoti – ‘no cassa, no ca me siyā; na bhavissati, na me
bhavissati; yadatthi, yaṃ bhūtaṃ – taṃ pajahāmī’ti. Evaṃ upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. So taṃ upekkhaṃ
nābhinandati, nābhivadati, na ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Tassa taṃ upekkhaṃ anabhinandato anabhivadato
anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato na tannissitaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ na tadupādānaṃ. Anupādāno, ānanda, bhikkhu
parinibbāyatī’’ti.
73 . ‘‘Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Nissāya nissāya kira no, bhante, bhagavatā oghassa
Majjhimanikāye
Uparipaṇṇāsapāḷi
1. Devadahavaggo
1. Devadahasuttaṃ
1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṃ nāma sakyānaṃ nigamo.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato
paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino
– ‘yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ
taṃ pubbekatahetu. Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā,
āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā
vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Evaṃvādino, bhikkhave,
nigaṇṭhā.
‘‘Evaṃvādāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhe upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, āvuso
nigaṇṭhā, evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu. Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā,
navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā
dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’ti?
Te ca me, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā evaṃ puṭṭhā ‘āmā’ti paṭijānanti.
‘‘Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha – ahuvamheva mayaṃ pubbe,
na nāhuvamhā’ti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
‘‘‘Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha – akaramheva mayaṃ pubbe pāpakammaṃ, na
nākaramhā’ti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
‘‘‘Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha – evarūpaṃ vā evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ
akaramhā’ti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
‘‘‘Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha – ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ, ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
nijjīretabbaṃ, ettakamhi vā dukkhe nijjiṇṇe sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’ti? ‘No hidaṃ,
āvuso’.
‘‘‘Kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jānātha – diṭṭheva dhamme akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ,
kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampada’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
2. ‘‘Iti kira tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, na jānātha – ahuvamheva mayaṃ pubbe, na nāhuvamhāti, na
jānātha – akaramheva mayaṃ pubbe pāpakammaṃ, na nākaramhāti, na jānātha – evarūpaṃ vā
evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ akaramhāti, na jānātha – ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ, ettakaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ nijjīretabbaṃ, ettakamhi vā dukkhe nijjiṇṇe sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatīti, na
jānātha – diṭṭheva dhamme akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadaṃ;
evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo
pa ṭisa ṃ vedeti sukha ṃ vā dukkha ṃ vā adukkhamasukha ṃ vā, sabba ṃ ta ṃ pubbekatahetu. Iti
purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ
anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā
sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
‘‘Sace pana tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, jāneyyātha – ahuvamheva mayaṃ pubbe, na nāhuvamhāti,
jāneyyātha – akaramheva mayaṃ pubbe pāpakammaṃ, na nākaramhāti, jāneyyātha – evarūpaṃ vā
evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ akaramhāti, jāneyyātha – ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ, ettakaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ nijjīretabbaṃ, ettakamhi vā dukkhe nijjiṇṇe sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatīti,
jāneyyātha – diṭṭheva dhamme akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ
upasampadaṃ; evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ
purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu.
Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo;
āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo;
vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
3. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena
[gāḷhapalepanena (ka.)] ; so sallassapi vedhanahetu [vedanāhetu (sī. pī. ka.)] dukkhā tibbā [tippā (sī. syā.
kaṃ. pī.)] kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. Tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṃ sallakattaṃ
upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ. Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikanteyya; so satthenapi
vaṇamukhassa parikantanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto
esaniyā sallaṃ eseyya; so esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. Tassa so
bhisakko sallakatto sallaṃ abbuheyya [abbuyheyya (sī.), abbhūṇheyya (syā. kaṃ.)] ; so sallassapi
abbuhanahetu [abbuyhanahetu (sī.), abbhūṇhanahetu (syā. kaṃ.)] dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā
vediyeyya. Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto agadaṅgāraṃ vaṇamukhe odaheyya; so agadaṅgārassapi
vaṇamukhe odahanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyeyya. So aparena samayena rūḷhena vaṇena
sañchavinā arogo assa sukhī serī sayaṃvasī yena kāmaṅgamo. Tassa evamassa – ahaṃ kho pubbe
sallena viddho ahosiṃ savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. Sohaṃ sallassapi vedhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā
vedanā vediyiṃ. Tassa me mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṃ sallakattaṃ upaṭṭhapesuṃ. Tassa me so
bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikanti; sohaṃ satthenapi vaṇamukhassa parikantanahetu
dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṃ. Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto esaniyā sallaṃ esi; so ahaṃ
esaniyāpi sallassa esanāhetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṃ. Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto
sallaṃ abbuhi
[abbuyhi (sī.), abbhūṇhi (syā. kaṃ.)] ; sohaṃ sallassapi abbuhanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā
vedanā vediyiṃ. Tassa me so bhisakko sallakatto agadaṅgāraṃ vaṇamukhe odahi; sohaṃ
agadaṅgārassapi vaṇamukhe odahanahetu dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyiṃ. Somhi etarahi rūḷhena
vaṇena sañchavinā arogo sukhī serī sayaṃvasī yena kāmaṅgamo’’ti.
‘‘Evameva kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, sace tumhe jāneyyātha – ahuvamheva mayaṃ pubbe, na
nāhuvamhāti, jāneyyātha – akaramheva mayaṃ pubbe pāpakammaṃ, na nākaramhāti, jāneyyātha –
evarūpaṃ vā evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ akaramhāti, jāneyyātha – ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ,
ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjīretabbaṃ, ettakamhi vā dukkhe nijjiṇṇe sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ
bhavissatīti, jāneyyātha – diṭṭheva dhamme akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ
upasampadaṃ; evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ
purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu.
Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo;
āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo;
vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
‘‘Yasmā ca kho tumhe, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, na jānātha – ahuvamheva mayaṃ pubbe, na nāhuvamhāti,
na jānātha – akaramheva mayaṃ pubbe pāpakammaṃ, na nākaramhāti, na jānātha – evarūpaṃ vā
evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ akaramhāti, na jānātha – ettakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ, ettakaṃ vā
dukkha ṃ nijj īretabba ṃ , ettakamhi v ā dukkhe nijji ṇṇ e sabba ṃ dukkha ṃ nijji ṇṇ aṃ bhavissat īti, na
jānātha – diṭṭheva dhamme akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadaṃ;
tasmā āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo
paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu. Iti purāṇānaṃ
kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ anavassavā
kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ
dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
4. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, te nigaṇṭhā maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘nigaṇṭho, āvuso, nāṭaputto
[nāthaputto
(sī.)] sabbaññū sabbadassāvī, aparisesaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paṭijānāti. Carato ca me tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca
jāgarassa ca satataṃ samitaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhita’nti. So evamāha – ‘atthi kho vo, āvuso
nigaṇṭhā, pubbeva pāpakammaṃ kataṃ, taṃ imāya kaṭukāya dukkarakārikāya nijjīretha, yaṃ panettha
etarahi kāyena saṃvutā vācāya saṃvutā manasā saṃvutā taṃ āyatiṃ pāpakammassa akaraṇaṃ. Iti
purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ
anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā
sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Tañca panamhākaṃ ruccati ceva khamati ca, tena camhā
attamanā’’ti.
5. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, bhikkhave, te nigaṇṭhe etadavocaṃ – ‘pañca kho ime, āvuso nigaṇṭhā,
dhammā diṭṭheva dhamme dvidhāvipākā. Katame pañca? Saddhā, ruci, anussavo, ākāraparivitakko,
diṭṭhinijjhānakkhanti – ime kho, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, pañca dhammā diṭṭheva dhamme dvidhāvipākā.
Tatrāyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ kā atītaṃse satthari saddhā, kā ruci, ko anussavo, ko ākāraparivitakko,
kā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantī’ti. Evaṃvādī
[evaṃvādīsu (ka.)] kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhesu na kañci
[kiñci (sī. pī. ka.)] sahadhammikaṃ vādapaṭihāraṃ samanupassāmi.
‘‘Puna caparāhaṃ [puna ca panāhaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] , bhikkhave, te nigaṇṭhe evaṃ vadāmi – ‘taṃ kiṃ
maññatha, āvuso nigaṇṭhā. Yasmiṃ vo samaye tibbo [tippo (pī.)] upakkamo hoti tibbaṃ padhānaṃ,
tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha; yasmiṃ pana vo samaye na
tibbo upakkamo hoti na tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, na tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā
vedanā vediyethā’ti? ‘Yasmiṃ no, āvuso gotama, samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, tibbā
tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyāma; yasmiṃ pana no samaye na tibbo
upakkamo hoti na tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, na tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā
vediyāmā’’’ti.
6. ‘‘Iti kira, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yasmiṃ vo samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, tibbā
tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha; yasmiṃ pana vo samaye na tibbo
upakkamo hoti na tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, na tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā
vediyetha. Evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ na kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ
purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu.
Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo;
āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo;
vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatīti. Sace, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yasmiṃ vo samaye tibbo
upakkamo hoti tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, na tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā
vediyetha; yasmiṃ pana vo samaye na tibbo upakkamo hoti na tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, tibbā tasmiṃ samaye
opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha
[padhānaṃ, tiṭṭheyyeva tasmiṃ samaye… vedanā
(sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ; evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ kallamassa veyyākaraṇāya – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ
purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu.
Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā, navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo;
āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo;
vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
‘‘‘ Yasm ā ca kho, āvuso niga ṇṭ hā, yasmi ṃ vo samaye tibbo upakkamo hoti tibba ṃ padh āna ṃ , tibb ā
tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyetha; yasmiṃ pana vo samaye na tibbo
upakkamo hoti na tibbaṃ padhānaṃ, na tibbā tasmiṃ samaye opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā
vediyetha; te tumhe sāmaṃyeva opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vedayamānā avijjā aññāṇā
sammohā vipaccetha – yaṃ kiñcāyaṃ purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ pubbekatahetu. Iti purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ tapasā byantībhāvā,
navānaṃ kammānaṃ akaraṇā, āyatiṃ anavassavo; āyatiṃ anavassavā kammakkhayo; kammakkhayā
dukkhakkhayo; dukkhakkhayā vedanākkhayo; vedanākkhayā sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavissatī’ti.
Evaṃvādīpi
[evaṃvādīsupi (ka.)] kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhesu na kañci sahadhammikaṃ
vādapaṭihāraṃ samanupassāmi.
7. ‘‘Puna caparāhaṃ, bhikkhave, te nigaṇṭhe evaṃ vadāmi – ‘taṃ kiṃ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā,
yamidaṃ kammaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā samparāyavedanīyaṃ
hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Yaṃ panidaṃ kammaṃ samparāyavedanīyaṃ taṃ
upakkamena vā padhānena vā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Taṃ
kiṃ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ sukhavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā
dukkhavedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Yaṃ panidaṃ kammaṃ
dukkhavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā sukhavedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No
hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Taṃ kiṃ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ paripakkavedanīyaṃ taṃ
upakkamena vā padhānena vā aparipakkavedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Yaṃ
panidaṃ kammaṃ aparipakkavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā paripakkavedanīyaṃ hotūti
labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Taṃ kiṃ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ
bahuvedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā appavedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ,
āvuso’. ‘Yaṃ panidaṃ kammaṃ appavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā bahuvedanīyaṃ
hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’. ‘Taṃ kiṃ maññathāvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ
savedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā avedanīyaṃ hotūti labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
‘Yaṃ panidaṃ kammaṃ avedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā savedanīyaṃ hotūti
labbhameta’nti? ‘No hidaṃ, āvuso’.
8. ‘‘Iti kira, āvuso nigaṇṭhā, yamidaṃ kammaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā
padhānena vā samparāyavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yaṃ panidaṃ kammaṃ samparāyavedanīyaṃ
taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ
sukhavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā dukkhavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ
kammaṃ dukkhavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā sukhavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ,
yamidaṃ kammaṃ paripakkavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā aparipakkavedanīyaṃ hotūti
alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ aparipakkavedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā
paripakkavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ bahuvedanīyaṃ taṃ upakkamena vā
padhānena vā appavedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ appavedanīyaṃ taṃ
upakkamena vā padhānena vā bahuvedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ savedanīyaṃ
taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā avedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ, yamidaṃ kammaṃ avedanīyaṃ
taṃ upakkamena vā padhānena vā savedanīyaṃ hotūti alabbhametaṃ; evaṃ sante āyasmantānaṃ
nigaṇṭhānaṃ aphalo upakkamo hoti, aphalaṃ padhānaṃ’’.
‘‘Evaṃvādī, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā. Evaṃvādīnaṃ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhānaṃ dasa sahadhammikā
vādānuvādā gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchanti.
9. ‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave,
nigaṇṭhā pubbe dukkaṭakammakārino yaṃ etarahi evarūpā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyanti. Sace,
bhikkhave, sattā issaranimmānahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā
pāpakena issarena nimmitā yaṃ etarahi evarūpā dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyanti. Sace, bhikkhave,
satt ā sa ṅgatibh āvahetu sukhadukkha ṃ pa ṭisa ṃ vedenti; addh ā, bhikkhave, niga ṇṭ hā pāpasa ṅgatik ā ya ṃ
etarahi evar ūpā dukkh ā tibb ā ka ṭuk ā vedan ā vediyanti. Sace, bhikkhave, satt ā abhij ātihetu
sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā pāpābhijātikā yaṃ etarahi evarūpā dukkhā
tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyanti. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ
paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā evarūpā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamā yaṃ etarahi evarūpā
dukkhā tibbā kaṭukā vedanā vediyanti.
‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā; no ce
sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā
issaranimmānahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā; no ce sattā issaranimmānahetu
sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā saṅgatibhāvahetu
sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā; no ce sattā saṅgatibhāvahetu sukhadukkhaṃ
paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā abhijātihetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti,
gārayhā nigaṇṭhā; no ce sattā abhijātihetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā. Sace,
bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā; no ce
sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, gārayhā nigaṇṭhā. Evaṃvādī,
bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā. Evaṃvādīnaṃ, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhānaṃ ime dasa sahadhammikā vādānuvādā
gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchanti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aphalo upakkamo hoti, aphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
10 . ‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu
na heva anaddhabhūtaṃ attānaṃ dukkhena addhabhāveti, dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca
sukhe anadhimucchito hoti. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘imassa kho me dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṃ padahato
saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti, imassa pana me dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato
virāgo hotī’ti. So yassa hi khvāssa
[yassa kho panassa (sī.), yassa khvāssa (pī.)] dukkhanidānassa
saṅkhāraṃ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti, saṅkhāraṃ tattha padahati. Yassa panassa
dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti. Tassa tassa
dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṃ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti – evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ
nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. Tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti –
evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti.
11 . ‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso itthiyā sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. So
taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ.
Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṃ
santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Amu hi, bhante,
puriso amussā itthiyā sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. Tasmā taṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena
purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā’’ti. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa evamassa – ‘ahaṃ kho
amussā itthiyā sāratto paṭibaddhacitto tibbacchando tibbāpekkho. Tassa me amuṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena
purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yo me amussā itthiyā chandarāgo taṃ
pajaheyya’nti. So yo amussā itthiyā chandarāgo taṃ pajaheyya. So taṃ itthiṃ passeyya aparena
samayena aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ. Taṃ kiṃ
maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tassa purisassa amuṃ itthiṃ disvā aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ
sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā’’ti? ‘‘No
hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Amu hi, bhante, puriso amussā itthiyā virāgo. Tasmā taṃ itthiṃ
disvā aññena purisena saddhiṃ santiṭṭhantiṃ sallapantiṃ sañjagghantiṃ saṃhasantiṃ na uppajjeyyuṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassūpāyāsā’’ti.
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva anaddhabhūtaṃ attānaṃ dukkhena addhabhāveti,
dhammikañca sukhaṃ na pariccajati, tasmiñca sukhe anadhimucchito hoti. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘imassa
kho me dukkhanid ānassa sa ṅkh āra ṃ padahato sa ṅkh ārappadh ānā vir āgo hoti, imassa pana me
dukkhanid ānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkha ṃ bh āvayato vir āgo hot ī’ti. So yassa hi khv āssa
dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṃ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti, saṅkhāraṃ tattha padahati; yassa
panassa dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti, upekkhaṃ tattha bhāveti.
Tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa saṅkhāraṃ padahato saṅkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti – evampissa taṃ
dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. Tassa tassa dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekkhaṃ bhāvayato virāgo hoti –
evampissa taṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ
padhānaṃ.
12 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yathāsukhaṃ kho me viharato
akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti; dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato
akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ
padaheyya’nti. So dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. Tassa dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā
parihāyanti kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. So na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. Taṃ
kissa hetu? Yassa hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthāya dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho
abhinipphanno hoti. Tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,
usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. Yato kho, bhikkhave,
usukārassa tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpitaṃ hoti paritāpitaṃ ujuṃ kataṃ
[ujuṃ kataṃ hoti (sī.)]
kammaniyaṃ, na so taṃ aparena samayena usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti
kammaniyaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yassa hi so, bhikkhave, atthāya usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeyya
paritāpeyya ujuṃ kareyya kammaniyaṃ svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. Tasmā na aparena samayena
usukāro tejanaṃ dvīsu alātesu ātāpeti paritāpeti ujuṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. Evameva kho, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yathāsukhaṃ kho me viharato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā
dhammā parihāyanti; dukkhāya pana me attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā
abhivaḍḍhanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya’nti. So dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. Tassa
dukkhāya attānaṃ padahato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. So na aparena
samayena dukkhāya attānaṃ padahati. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yassa hi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthāya
dukkhāya attānaṃ padaheyya svāssa attho abhinipphanno hoti. Tasmā na aparena samayena dukkhāya
attānaṃ padahati. Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
13 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho
bhagavā. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ
sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ
majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā aññatarasmiṃ vā kule
paccājāto. So taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena saddhāpaṭilābhena
samannāgato iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Nayidaṃ
sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
pabbajeyya’nti. So aparena samayena appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā
bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, appaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya
kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati.
14 . ‘‘So evaṃ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya
pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho, lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.
Adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā
viharati. Abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hoti ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. Musāvādaṃ
pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa.
Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti; ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya,
amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya – iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā sahitānaṃ vā
anuppadātā samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Pharusaṃ
vāca ṃ pah āya pharus āya v ācāya pa ṭivirato hoti; y ā sā vācā nel ā ka ṇṇ asukh ā peman īyā
hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Samphappalāpaṃ
pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī,
nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. So
bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirato hoti. Ekabhattiko hoti rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā.
Naccag ītavāditavisūkadassanā paṭivirato hoti. Mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā
paṭivirato hoti. Uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti. Jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti.
Āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti.
Itthikumārikapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇā
paṭivirato hoti. Kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Hatthigavassavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato
hoti. Khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti. Dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogā paṭivirato hoti.
Kayavikkayā paṭivirato hoti. Tulākūṭakaṃsakūṭamānakūṭā paṭivirato hoti.
Ukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogā
[sāviyogā (syā. kaṃ. ka.) ettha sācisaddo kuṭilapariyāyo] paṭivirato
hoti. Chedanavadhabandhanaviparāmosaālopasahasākārā paṭivirato hoti [passa ma. ni. 1.293
cūḷahatthipadopame] .
‘‘So santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva
pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati. Seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo yena yeneva ḍeti sapattabhārova
ḍeti, evameva bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena; so
yena yeneva pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati. So iminā ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato
ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
15 . ‘‘So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ
cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ
tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ
sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ
phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī.
Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā
dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ
āpajjati. So iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
‘‘So abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite
[sammiñjite (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī
hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite
nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti.
16 . ‘‘So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, (imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā
samannāgato,) [passa ma. ni. 1.296 cūḷahatthipadopame] iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṃvarena
samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ
rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. So
pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṃ
satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ
parisodheti. Byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī,
byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti. Thinamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato
sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ
vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti. Vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati
akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.
‘‘So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe vivicceva kā
mehi vivicca
akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharati. Evampi , bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphala ṃ padh āna ṃ.
‘‘ Puna capara ṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavic ārāna ṃ vūpasam ā ajjhatta ṃ sampas ādana ṃ cetaso
ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno,
sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti. Yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ
jh ānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva
somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ
upasampajja viharati. Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
17 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So anekavihitaṃ
pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ [seyyathīdaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo
tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi
jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi
vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro
evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ
evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so
tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Evampi,
bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ padhānaṃ.
18 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So dibbena cakkhunā
visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe,
sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā
vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā
micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ
upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā
manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena
atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate
duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Evampi, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ
padhānaṃ.
19 . ‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte
kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti; ‘ime āsavā’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato
evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ
vimuccati. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, saphalo upakkamo hoti, saphalaṃ
padhānaṃ. Evaṃvādī, bhikkhave, tathāgatā. Evaṃvādīnaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgatānaṃ
[tathāgato,
evaṃvādiṃ bhikkhave tathāgataṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dasa sahadhammikā pāsaṃsaṭṭhānā āgacchanti.
20 . ‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave,
tathāgato pubbe sukatakammakārī yaṃ etarahi evarūpā anāsavā sukhā vedanā vedeti. Sace, bhikkhave,
satt ā issaranimm ānahetu sukhadukkha ṃ pa ṭisa ṃvedenti; addh ā, bhikkhave, tath āgato bhaddakena
issarena nimmito ya ṃ etarahi evar ūpā an āsav ā sukh ā vedan ā vedeti. Sace, bhikkhave, satt ā
saṅgatibhāvahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave, tathāgato kalyāṇasaṅgatiko yaṃ
etarahi evarūpā anāsavā sukhā vedanā vedeti. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā abhijātihetu sukhadukkhaṃ
paṭisaṃvedenti; addhā, bhikkhave, tathāgato kalyāṇābhijātiko yaṃ etarahi evarūpā anāsavā sukhā
vedanā vedeti. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti;
addhā, bhikkhave, tathāgato kalyāṇadiṭṭhadhammūpakkamo yaṃ etarahi evarūpā anāsavā sukhā vedanā
vedeti.
‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato; no ce
sattā pubbekatahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā
issaranimmānahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato; no ce sattā issaranimmānahetu
sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā saṅgatibhāvahetu
sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato; no ce sattā saṅgatibhāvahetu sukhadukkhaṃ
paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato. Sace, bhikkhave, sattā abhijātihetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti,
pāsaṃso tathāgato; no ce sattā abhijātihetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato. Sace,
bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato; no ce
sattā diṭṭhadhammūpakkamahetu sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti, pāsaṃso tathāgato. Evaṃvādī,
bhikkhave, tathāgatā. Evaṃvādīnaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgatānaṃ ime dasa sahadhammikā pāsaṃsaṭṭhānā
āgacchantī’’ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
Devadahasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.
2. Pañcattayasuttaṃ
[pañcāyatanasutta (ka.)]
21 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa
ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato
paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā aparantakappikā
aparantānudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ ārabbha anekavihitāni adhivuttipadāni
[adhimuttipadāni (syā. kaṃ. ka.)]
abhivadanti. ‘Saññī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā’ti – ittheke abhivadanti; ‘asaññī attā hoti arogo paraṃ
maraṇā’ti – ittheke abhivadanti; ‘nevasaññīnāsaññī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā’ti – ittheke
abhivadanti; sato vā pana sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapenti [paññāpenti (sī. syā. kaṃ.
pī.)] , diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vā paneke abhivadanti. Iti santaṃ vā attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ [paraṃ
maraṇā. iti imāni (ka.)] paraṃ maraṇā, sato vā pana sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapenti,
diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vā paneke abhivadanti. Iti imāni pañca [paraṃ maraṇā. iti imāni (ka.)] hutvā tīṇi
honti, tīṇi hutvā pañca honti – ayamuddeso pañcattayassa.
22 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā,
rūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, arūpiṃ vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, ekattasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nānattasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, parittasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, appamāṇasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, etaṃ [evaṃ (ka.)] vā panekesaṃ
[panetesaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] upātivattataṃ viññāṇakasiṇameke abhivadanti appamāṇaṃ āneñjaṃ. Tayidaṃ,
bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti [pajānāti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) aṭṭhakathā oloketabbā]. Ye kho te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiṃ vā te bhonto
sama ṇabr āhma ṇā saññi ṃ att āna ṃ paññapenti aroga ṃ para ṃ mara ṇā , ar ūpi ṃ vā te bhonto
sama ṇabr āhma ṇā saññi ṃ att āna ṃ paññapenti aroga ṃ para ṃ mara ṇā , rūpiñca ar ūpiñca v ā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, ekattasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nānattasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, parittasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, appamāṇasaññiṃ vā te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā [maraṇāti (ka.)] , yā vā panetāsaṃ
saññānaṃ parisuddhā paramā aggā anuttariyā akkhāyati – yadi rūpasaññānaṃ yadi arūpasaññānaṃ yadi
ekattasaññānaṃ yadi nānattasaññānaṃ. ‘Natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanameke abhivadanti appamāṇaṃ
āneñjaṃ. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti – iti viditvā
tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
23 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā,
rūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, arūpiṃ vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te
bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te
samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā tesamete paṭikkosanti. Taṃ kissa
hetu? Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā sallaṃ, etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ – ‘asañña’nti.
Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti ye kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ
paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti
arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, arūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ahamaññatra rūpā,
aññatra vedanāya, aññatra saññāya, aññatra saṅkhārehi, viññāṇassa
[aññatra viññāṇā (syā. kaṃ.), aññatra
viññāṇena (ka.)] āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā cutiṃ vā upapattiṃ vā vuddhiṃ vā virūḷhiṃ vā vepullaṃ vā
paññapessāmī’ti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ
nirodho attheta’nti – iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
24 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, arūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti
arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ
paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti
arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā tesamete paṭikkosanti, yepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ
paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā tesamete paṭikkosanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā
sallaṃ, asaññā sammoho, etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ – ‘nevasaññānāsañña’nti.
[nevasaññānāsaññāti (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.) etantipadaṃ manasikātabbaṃ]Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato
abhijānāti. Ye kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ
maraṇā, rūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ
maraṇā, arūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ
maraṇā, rūpiñca arūpiñca vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ
paraṃ maraṇā, nevarūpiṃ nārūpiṃ vā te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ
paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā. Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā [samaṇabrāhmaṇā (sī.
pī.)] diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbasaṅkhāramattena etassa āyatanassa upasampadaṃ paññapenti,
byasanañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, akkhāyati [āyatanamakkhāyati (ka.)] etassa āyatanassa upasampadāya. Na
hetaṃ, bhikkhave, āyatanaṃ saṅkhārasamāpattipattabbamakkhāyati;
saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattipattabbametaṃ, bhikkhave, āyatanamakkhāyati. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ
atthi kho pana sa ṅkh ārāna ṃ nirodho attheta ’nti –iti viditv ā tassa nissara ṇadass āvī tath āgato
tadup ātivatto.
25 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ
paññapenti, tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā saññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā
tesamete paṭikkosanti, yepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā asaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti arogaṃ paraṃ
maraṇā tesamete paṭikkosanti, yepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā nevasaññīnāsaññiṃ attānaṃ paññapenti
arogaṃ paraṃ maraṇā tesamete paṭikkosanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Sabbepime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā
uddhaṃ saraṃ [uddhaṃsarā (sī. pī.), uddhaṃ parāmasanti (syā. kaṃ.)] āsattiṃyeva abhivadanti – ‘iti
pecca bhavissāma, iti pecca bhavissāmā’ti. Seyyathāpi nāma vāṇijassa vāṇijjāya gacchato evaṃ hoti –
‘ito me idaṃ bhavissati, iminā idaṃ lacchāmī’ti, evamevime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā vāṇijūpamā
maññe paṭibhanti – ‘iti pecca bhavissāma, iti pecca bhavissāmā’ti. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato
abhijānāti. Ye kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapenti te
sakkāyabhayā sakkāyaparijegucchā sakkāyaññeva anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti. Seyyathāpi nāma sā
gaddulabaddho daḷhe thambhe vā khile [khīle (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vā upanibaddho, tameva thambhaṃ vā
khilaṃ vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati; evamevime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sakkāyabhayā
sakkāyaparijegucchā sakkāyaññeva anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi
kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
26 . ‘‘Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aparantakappikā aparantānudiṭṭhino aparantaṃ
ārabbha anekavihitāni adhivuttipadāni abhivadanti, sabbe te imāneva pañcāyatanāni abhivadanti etesaṃ
vā aññataraṃ.
27 . ‘‘Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā pubbantakappikā pubbantānudiṭṭhino pubbantaṃ
ārabbha anekavihitāni adhivuttipadāni abhivadanti. ‘Sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ
moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘asassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –
ittheke abhivadanti, ‘sassato ca asassato ca attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke
abhivadanti, ‘nevasassato nāsassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke
abhivadanti, ‘antavā attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘anantavā
attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘antavā ca anantavā ca attā ca
loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘nevantavā nānantavā attā ca loko ca,
idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘ekattasaññī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ
moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘nānattasaññī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti
–ittheke abhivadanti, ‘parittasaññī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke
abhivadanti, ‘appamāṇasaññī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti,
‘ekantasukhī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘ekantadukkhī attā
ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘sukhadukkhī attā ca loko ca,
idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti, ‘adukkhamasukhī attā ca loko ca, idameva
saccaṃ moghamañña’nti –ittheke abhivadanti.
28 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘sassato attā ca loko ca,
idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti, tesaṃ vata aññatreva saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā
aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā paccattaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ bhavissati parisuddhaṃ
pariyodātanti –netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Paccattaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, ñāṇe asati parisuddhe pariyodāte
yadapi
[yadipi (ka.)] te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā tattha ñāṇabhāgamattameva pariyodapenti tadapi tesaṃ
bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upādānamakkhāyati. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana
saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
29 . ‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘asassato attā ca loko
ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti…pe… [yathā sassatavāre, tathā vitthāretabbaṃ]sassato ca
asassato ca attā ca loko ca… nevasassato nāsassato attā ca loko ca… antavā attā ca loko ca… anantavā
att ā ca loko ca … antav ā ca anantav ā ca att ā ca loko ca … nevantav ā nānantav ā att ā ca loko ca …
ekattasaññ ī att ā ca loko ca … nānattasaññ ī att ā ca loko ca … parittasaññ ī att ā ca loko ca …
appamāṇasaññī attā ca loko ca… ekantasukhī attā ca loko ca… ekantadukkhī attā ca loko ca…
sukhadukkhī attā ca loko ca… adukkhamasukhī attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamaññanti, tesaṃ
vata aññatreva saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra
diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā paccattaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ bhavissati parisuddhaṃ pariyodātanti –netaṃ ṭhānaṃ
vijjati. Paccattaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, ñāṇe asati parisuddhe pariyodāte yadapi te bhonto
samaṇabrāhmaṇā tattha ñāṇabhāgamattameva pariyodapenti tadapi tesaṃ bhavataṃ
samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ upādānamakkhāyati. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ
nirodho attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
30 . ‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekaṃ pītiṃ
upasampajja viharati – ‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharāmī’ti.
Tassa sā pavivekā pīti nirujjhati. Pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati domanassaṃ, domanassassa
nirodhā uppajjati pavivekā pīti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yaṃ chāyā jahati taṃ ātapo pharati, yaṃ ātapo
jahati ta ṃ chāyā pharati; evameva kho, bhikkhave, pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati domanassaṃ,
domanassassa nirodhā uppajjati pavivekā pīti. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti. Ayaṃ kho
bhavaṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca
paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharati – ‘etaṃ
santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharāmī’ti. Tassa sā pavivekā pīti
nirujjhati. Pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati domanassaṃ, domanassassa nirodhā uppajjati pavivekā
pīti. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa
nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
31 . ‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā
samatikkamā nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ upasampajja viharati – ‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ nirāmisaṃ
sukhaṃ upasampajja viharāmī’ti. Tassa taṃ nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ nirujjhati. Nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā
uppajjati pavivekā pīti, pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,
yaṃ chāyā jahati taṃ ātapo pharati, yaṃ ātapo jahati taṃ chāyā pharati; evameva kho, bhikkhave,
nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā uppajjati pavivekā pīti, pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati nirāmisaṃ
sukhaṃ. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti. Ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā
pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ
anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā samatikkamā, nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ upasampajja viharati – ‘etaṃ santaṃ
etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ upasampajja viharāmī’ti. Tassa taṃ nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ
nirujjhati. Nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā uppajjati pavivekā pīti, pavivekāya pītiyā nirodhā uppajjati
nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti –iti
viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
32 . ‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā
samatikkamā, nirāmisassa sukhassa samatikkamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ upasampajja viharati –
‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ upasampajja viharāmī’ti. Tassa sā
adukkhamasukhā vedanā nirujjhati. Adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya nirodhā uppajjati nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ,
nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yaṃ chāyā
jahati ta ṃ ātapo pharati, yaṃ ātapo jahati taṃ chāyā pharati; evameva kho, bhikkhave,
adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya nirodhā uppajjati nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ, nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā
uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato abhijānāti. Ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā samatikkamā, nirāmisassa sukhassa
samatikkamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ upasampajja viharati – ‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ
adukkhamasukha ṃ vedana ṃ upasampajja vihar āmī’ti. Tassa s ā adukkhamasukh ā vedan ā nirujjhati.
Adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya nirodhā uppajjati nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ, nirāmisassa sukhassa nirodhā
uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho
attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
33 . ‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā
samatikkamā, nirāmisassa sukhassa samatikkamā, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya samatikkamā –
‘santohamasmi, nibbutohamasmi, anupādānohamasmī’ti samanupassati. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato
abhijānāti. Ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā pubbantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā,
aparantānudiṭṭhīnañca paṭinissaggā, sabbaso kāmasaṃyojanānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānā, pavivekāya pītiyā
samatikkamā, nirāmisassa sukhassa samatikkamā, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya samatikkamā –
‘santohamasmi, nibbutohamasmi, anupādānohamasmī’ti samanupassati; addhā ayamāyasmā
nibbānasappāyaṃyeva paṭipadaṃ abhivadati. Atha ca panāyaṃ bhavaṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā
pubbantānudiṭṭhiṃ vā upādiyamāno upādiyati, aparantānudiṭṭhiṃ vā upādiyamāno upādiyati,
kāmasaṃyojanaṃ vā upādiyamāno upādiyati, pavivekaṃ vā pītiṃ upādiyamāno upādiyati, nirāmisaṃ vā
sukhaṃ upādiyamāno upādiyati, adukkhamasukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ upādiyamāno upādiyati. Yañca kho
ayamāyasmā – ‘santohamasmi, nibbutohamasmi, anupādānohamasmī’ti samanupassati tadapi imassa
bhoto samaṇassa brāhmaṇassa upādānamakkhāyati. ‘Tayidaṃ saṅkhataṃ oḷārikaṃ atthi kho pana
saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho attheta’nti –iti viditvā tassa nissaraṇadassāvī tathāgato tadupātivatto.
‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, tathāgatena anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ abhisambuddhaṃ yadidaṃ –
channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca
yathābhūtaṃ viditvā
[anupādāvimokkho. tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathāgatena anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ
abhisambuddhaṃ, yadidaṃ channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca
ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā anupādāvimokkhoti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]
anupādāvimokkho’’ti [anupādāvimokkho. tayidaṃ bhikkhave tathāgatena anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ
abhisambuddhaṃ, yadidaṃ channaṃ phassāyatanaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca
adīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā anupādāvimokkhoti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] .
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
Pañcattayasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ.
3. Kintisuttaṃ
34 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ –ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā pisinārāyaṃ [kusinārāyaṃ (sī.)] viharati baliharaṇe
vanasaṇḍe. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato
paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kinti vo, bhikkhave, mayi hoti – ‘cīvarahetu vā samaṇo gotamo
dhammaṃ deseti, piṇḍapātahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ deseti, senāsanahetu vā samaṇo gotamo
dhammaṃ deseti, itibhavābhavahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ desetī’’’ti? ‘‘Na kho no, bhante,
bhagavati evaṃ hoti – ‘cīvarahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ deseti, piṇḍapātahetu vā samaṇo
gotamo dhammaṃ deseti, senāsanahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ deseti, itibhavābhavahetu vā
samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ desetī’’’ti.
‘‘Na ca kira vo, bhikkhave, mayi evaṃ hoti – ‘cīvarahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ deseti…
pe… itibhavābhavahetu vā samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ desetī’ti; atha kinti carahi vo [atha kinti vo (sī.
pī.), atha kiñcarahi vo (ka.)] , bhikkhave, mayi hotī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ kho no, bhante, bhagavati hoti –
‘anukampako bhagavā hitesī; anukampaṃ upādāya dhammaṃ desetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evañca [evaṃ (sī. pī.)] kira
vo, bhikkhave, mayi hoti – ‘ anukampako bhagav ā hites ī; anukampa ṃ up ādāya dhamma ṃ deset ī’’’ ti.
35 . ‘‘ Tasm ātiha, bhikkhave, ye vo [ye te (ka.)] may ā dhamm ā abhiññ ā desit ā, seyyathida ṃ –
cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta
bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, tattha sabbeheva samaggehi sammodamānehi avivadamānehi
sikkhitabbaṃ. Tesañca vo, bhikkhave, samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ
siyaṃsu
[siyuṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ.) saddanīti oloketabbā]dve bhikkhū abhidhamme nānāvādā. Tatra ce
tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘imesaṃ kho āyasmantānaṃ atthato ceva nānaṃ byañjanato ca nāna’nti, tattha
yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ [subbacataraṃ (ka.)] maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo –
‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato ceva nānaṃ, byañjanato ca nānaṃ. Tadamināpetaṃ [tadimināpetaṃ (syā.
kaṃ.)] āyasmanto jānātha –yathā atthato ceva nānaṃ, byañjanato ca nānaṃ. Māyasmanto vivādaṃ
āpajjitthā’ti. Athāparesaṃ ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so
upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato ceva nānaṃ, byañjanato ca nānaṃ.
Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto jānātha –yathā atthato ceva nānaṃ, byañjanato ca nānaṃ. Māyasmanto
vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Iti duggahitaṃ duggahitato dhāretabbaṃ, suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretabbaṃ.
Duggahitaṃ duggahitato dhāretvā suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretvā [iti duggahitaṃ duggahitato
dhāretabbaṃ, duggahitaṃ duggahitato dhāretvā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) anantaravārattaye pana idaṃ
pāṭhanānattaṃ natthi] yo dhammo yo vinayo so bhāsitabbo.
36 . ‘‘Tatra ce tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘imesaṃ kho āyasmantānaṃ atthato hi kho nānaṃ, byañjanato
sametī’ti, tattha yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo –
‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato hi nānaṃ, byañjanato sameti. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto jānātha –yathā
atthato hi kho nānaṃ, byañjanato sameti. Māyasmanto vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Athāparesaṃ
ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa
vacanīyo – ‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato hi kho nānaṃ, byañjanato sameti. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto
jānātha –yathā atthato hi kho nānaṃ, byañjanato sameti. Māyasmanto vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Iti
duggahitaṃ duggahitato dhāretabbaṃ, suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretabbaṃ. Duggahitaṃ duggahitato
dhāretvā suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretvā yo dhammo yo vinayo so bhāsitabbo.
37 . ‘‘Tatra ce tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘imesaṃ kho āyasmantānaṃ atthato hi kho sameti, byañjanato
nāna’nti, tattha yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo –
‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato hi sameti, byañjanato nānaṃ. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto jānātha –yathā
atthato hi kho sameti, byañjanato nānaṃ. Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ yadidaṃ –byañjanaṃ.
Māyasmanto appamattake vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Athāparesaṃ ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ
bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmantānaṃ kho
atthato hi sameti, byañjanato nānaṃ. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto jānātha –yathā atthato hi kho sameti,
byañjanato nānaṃ. Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ yadidaṃ –byañjanaṃ. Māyasmanto appamattake
[appamattakehi (sī. pī.)] vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Iti suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretabbaṃ, duggahitaṃ
duggahitato dhāretabbaṃ. Suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretvā duggahitaṃ duggahitato dhāretvā yo
dhammo yo vinayo so bhāsitabbo.
38 . ‘‘Tatra ce tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘imesaṃ kho āyasmantānaṃ atthato ceva sameti byañjanato
ca sametī’ti, tattha yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo –
‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato ceva sameti, byañjanato ca sameti. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto jānātha –
yathā atthato ceva sameti byañjanato ca sameti. Māyasmanto vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Athāparesaṃ
ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa
vacanīyo – ‘āyasmantānaṃ kho atthato ceva sameti byañjanato ca sameti. Tadamināpetaṃ āyasmanto
jānātha –yathā atthato ceva sameti byañjanato ca sameti. Māyasmanto vivādaṃ āpajjitthā’ti. Iti
suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretabbaṃ. Suggahitaṃ suggahitato dhāretvā yo dhammo yo vinayo so
bhāsitabbo.
39 . ‘‘Tesañca vo, bhikkhave, samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ siyā
aññatarassa bhikkhuno āpatti siyā vītikkamo, tatra, bhikkhave, na codanāya taritabbaṃ [coditabbaṃ
(sy ā. ka ṃ. ka.) turitabba ṃ (?)] . Puggalo upaparikkhitabbo – ‘ iti mayhañca avihes ā bhavissati
parassa ca puggalassa anupaghāto, paro hi puggalo akkodhano anupanāhī adaḷhadiṭṭhī suppaṭinissaggī,
sakkomi cāhaṃ etaṃ puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetu’nti. Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa,
kallaṃ vacanāya.
‘‘Sace pana, bhikkhave, evamassa – ‘mayhaṃ kho avihesā bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa
upaghāto, paro hi puggalo kodhano upanāhī adaḷhadiṭṭhī suppaṭinissaggī, sakkomi cāhaṃ etaṃ
puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetuṃ. Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ yadidaṃ –parassa
[yadidaṃ mayhañca vihesā bhavissati parassa ca (ka.)] puggalassa upaghāto. Atha kho etadeva
bahutaraṃ –svāhaṃ sakkomi etaṃ puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetu’nti. Sace,
bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṃ vacanāya.
‘‘Sace pana, bhikkhave, evamassa – ‘mayhaṃ kho vihesā bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa
anupaghāto. Paro hi puggalo akkodhano anupanāhī daḷhadiṭṭhī duppaṭinissaggī, sakkomi cāhaṃ etaṃ
puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetuṃ. Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ yadidaṃ –mayhaṃ
vihesā
[mayhañca vihesā bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa upaghāto (ka.)] . Atha kho etadeva bahutaraṃ
–svāhaṃ sakkomi etaṃ puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetu’nti. Sace, bhikkhave,
evamassa, kallaṃ vacanāya.
‘‘Sace pana, bhikkhave, evamassa – ‘mayhañca kho vihesā bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa
upaghāto. Paro hi puggalo kodhano upanāhī daḷhadiṭṭhī duppaṭinissaggī, sakkomi cāhaṃ etaṃ puggalaṃ
akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetuṃ. Appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ yadidaṃ –mayhañca vihesā
bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa upaghāto. Atha kho etadeva bahutaraṃ –svāhaṃ sakkomi etaṃ
puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetu’nti. Sace, bhikkhave, evamassa, kallaṃ vacanāya.
‘‘Sace pana, bhikkhave, evamassa – ‘mayhañca kho vihesā bhavissati parassa ca puggalassa
upaghāto. Paro hi puggalo kodhano upanāhī daḷhadiṭṭhī duppaṭinissaggī, na cāhaṃ sakkomi etaṃ
puggalaṃ akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpetu’nti. Evarūpe, bhikkhave, puggale upekkhā
nātimaññitabbā.
40 . ‘‘Tesañca vo, bhikkhave, samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ
aññamaññassa vacīsaṃhāro
[vacīsaṅkhāro (sī. pī.)] uppajjeyya diṭṭhipaḷāso [diṭṭhipalāso (sī. ka.)] cetaso
āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi. Tattha ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ
maññeyyātha so upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘yaṃ no, āvuso, amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ
sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ aññamaññassa vacīsaṃhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso
cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi, taṃ jānamāno samaṇo garaheyyā’ti
[samāno (sī. ka.)] . Sammā
byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ byākareyya – ‘yaṃ no, āvuso, amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ
sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ aññamaññassa vacīsaṃhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso
cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi, taṃ jānamāno samaṇo garaheyyāti. Etaṃ panāvuso, dhammaṃ
appahāya nibbānaṃ sacchikareyyā’ti. Sammā byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ byākareyya –
‘etaṃ, āvuso, dhammaṃ appahāya na nibbānaṃ sacchikareyyā’ti.
‘‘Athāparesaṃ ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ bhikkhuṃ suvacataraṃ maññeyyātha, so
upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘yaṃ no, āvuso, amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ
avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ aññamaññassa vacīsaṃhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo
anabhiraddhi, taṃ jānamāno samaṇo garaheyyā’ti. Sammā byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ
byākareyya – ‘yaṃ no, āvuso, amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ
aññamaññassa vacīsaṃhāro uppanno diṭṭhipaḷāso cetaso āghāto appaccayo anabhiraddhi taṃ jānamāno
samaṇo garaheyyāti. Etaṃ panāvuso, dhammaṃ appahāya nibbānaṃ sacchikareyyā’ti. Sammā
byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ byākareyya – ‘etaṃ kho, āvuso, dhammaṃ appahāya na
nibbānaṃ sacchikareyyā’’’ti.
‘‘ Ta ṃ ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ṃ pare eva ṃ puccheyyu ṃ – ‘ āyasmat ā no ete bhikkh ū akusal ā
vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpitā’ti? Sammā byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ byākareyya –
‘idhāhaṃ, āvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃ, tassa me bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi, tāhaṃ dhammaṃ
sutvā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ abhāsiṃ. Taṃ te bhikkhū dhammaṃ sutvā akusalā vuṭṭhahiṃsu, kusale
patiṭṭhahiṃsū’ti. Evaṃ byākaramāno kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na ceva attānaṃ ukkaṃseti, na paraṃ
vambheti, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaroti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ
ṭhānaṃ āgacchatī’’ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
Kintisuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.
4. Sāmagāmasuttaṃ
41 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati sāmagāme. Tena kho pana
samayena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto
[nāthaputto (sī. pī.)] pāvāyaṃ adhunākālaṅkato [kālakato (sī. syā. kaṃ.
pī.)] hoti. Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā [dveḷhakajātā (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] bhaṇḍanajātā
kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ
dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi, ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāmi. Kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ
ājānissasi! Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te.
Purevacanīyaṃ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṃ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṃ
[aviciṇṇaṃ (sī. pī.)] te
viparāvattaṃ. Āropito te vādo. Niggahitosi, cara vādappamokkhāya; nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti.
Vadhoyeva kho [vadhoyeveko (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] maññe nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu vattati. Yepi nigaṇṭhassa
nāṭaputtassa sāvakā gihī odātavasanā tepi nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu nibbinnarūpā [nibbindarūpā (syā.
kaṃ. ka.)] virattarūpā paṭivānarūpā yathā taṃ durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike
anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe.
42 . Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭho [vassaṃvuttho (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] yena
sāmagāmo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca –
‘‘nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto pāvāyaṃ adhunākālaṅkato. Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā
dvedhikajātā…pe… bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā ānando cundaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ
etadavoca – ‘‘atthi kho idaṃ, āvuso cunda, kathāpābhataṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Āyāma, āvuso
cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ bhagavato ārocessāmā’’ti.
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi.
Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando cundo ca samaṇuddeso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu;
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, cundo samaṇuddeso evamāha – ‘nigaṇṭho, bhante,
nāṭaputto pāvāyaṃ adhunākālaṅkato. Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā…pe…
bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘māheva bhagavato accayena saṅghe
vivādo uppajji; svāssa
[so (sī. pī.), svāyaṃ (ka.)] vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya bahuno
janassa anatth āya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussāna’’’nti.
43 . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, ānanda, ye vo mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, seyyathidaṃ – cattāro
satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo
aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, passasi no tvaṃ, ānanda, imesu dhammesu dvepi bhikkhū nānāvāde’’ti? ‘‘Ye me,
bhante, dhammā bhagavatā abhiññā desitā, seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā
cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, nāhaṃ passāmi
imesu dhammesu dvepi bhikkhū nānāvāde. Ye ca kho
[santi ca kho (syā. kaṃ.), santi ca (ka.)] , bhante,
puggalā bhagavantaṃ patissayamānarūpā viharanti tepi bhagavato accayena saṅghe vivādaṃ janeyyuṃ
ajjh ājīve v ā adhip ātimokkhe v ā. Sv āssa [sossa (s ī. pī.), sv āya ṃ (ka.)] viv ādo bahujan āhit āya
bahujanāsukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Appamattako so,
ānanda, vivādo yadidaṃ – ajjhājīve vā adhipātimokkhe vā. Magge vā hi, ānanda, paṭipadāya vā saṅghe
vivādo uppajjamāno uppajjeyya; svāssa vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya bahuno janassa
anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ.
44 . ‘‘Chayimāni, ānanda, vivādamūlāni. Katamāni cha? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī.
Yo so, ānanda, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi
agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. Yo so,
ānanda, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme… saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso,
sikkhāya na paripūrakārī hoti, so saṅghe vivādaṃ janeti; yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya
bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. Evarūpañce tumhe,
ānanda, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā samanupasseyyātha, tatra tumhe, ānanda, tasseva
pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānāya vāyameyyātha. Evarūpañce tumhe, ānanda, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ
vā bahiddhā vā na samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, ānanda, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ
anavassavāya paṭipajjeyyātha. Evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānaṃ hoti, evametassa
pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ anavassavo hoti.
45 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu makkhī hoti paḷāsī…pe… issukī hoti maccharī…pe… saṭho
hoti māyāvī…pe… pāpiccho hoti micchādiṭṭhi
[micchādiṭṭhī (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] …pe…
sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī. Yo so, ānanda, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti
ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati
appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. Yo so, ānanda, bhikkhu
satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme… saṅghe… sikkhāya na paripūrakārī hoti so saṅghe
vivādaṃ janeti; yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya, bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya
dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. Evarūpañce tumhe, ānanda, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā
samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, ānanda, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānāya vāyameyyātha.
Evarūpañce tumhe, ānanda, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā na samanupasseyyātha, tatra tumhe,
ānanda, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ anavassavāya paṭipajjeyyātha. Evametassa pāpakassa
vivādamūlassa pahānaṃ hoti, evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ anavassavo hoti. Imāni kho,
ānanda, cha vivādamūlāni.
46 . ‘‘Cattārimāni, ānanda, adhikaraṇāni. Katamāni cattāri? Vivādādhikaraṇaṃ,
anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ, āpattādhikaraṇaṃ, kiccādhikaraṇaṃ – imāni kho, ānanda, cattāri adhikaraṇāni.
Satta kho panime, ānanda, adhikaraṇasamathā – uppannuppannānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ samathāya
vūpasamāya sammukhāvinayo dātabbo, sativinayo dātabbo, amūḷhavinayo dātabbo, paṭiññāya
kāretabbaṃ, yebhuyyasikā, tassapāpiyasikā, tiṇavatthārako.
47 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, sammukhāvinayo hoti? Idhānanda, bhikkhū vivadanti dhammoti vā
adhammoti vā vinayoti vā avinayoti vā. Tehānanda, bhikkhūhi sabbeheva samaggehi sannipatitabbaṃ.
Sannipatitvā dhammanetti samanumajjitabbā. Dhammanettiṃ samanumajjitvā yathā tattha sameti tathā
taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametabbaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, sammukhāvinayo hoti; evañca
panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ – sammukhāvinayena.
48 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, yebhuyyasikā hoti? Te ce, ānanda, bhikkhū na sakkonti taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ
tasmiṃ āvāse vūpasametuṃ. Tehānanda, bhikkhūhi yasmiṃ āvāse bahutarā bhikkhū so āvāso gantabbo.
Tattha sabbeheva samaggehi sannipatitabbaṃ. Sannipatitvā dhammanetti samanumajjitabbā.
Dhammanettiṃ samanumajjitvā yathā tattha sameti tathā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametabbaṃ. Evaṃ kho,
ānanda, yebhuyyasikā hoti, evañca panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ –
yebhuyyasikāya.
49 . ‘‘ Kathañc ānanda, sativinayo hoti? Idh ānanda, bhikkh ū bhikkhu ṃ evar ūpāya garuk āya āpattiy ā
codenti pārājikena vā pārājikasāmantena vā – ‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṃ [evarūpaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)
evarūpāya-iti vuccamānavacanena sameti. vinayenapi saṃsandetabbaṃ]garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā
pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti? So evamāha – ‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ
āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. Tassa kho [tassa kho evaṃ (sabbattha)] , ānanda,
bhikkhuno sativinayo dātabbo. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, sativinayo hoti, evañca panidhekaccānaṃ
adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ – sativinayena.
50 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, amūḷhavinayo hoti? Idhānanda, bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ evarūpāya garukāya
āpattiyā codenti pārājikena vā pārājikasāmantena vā – ‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā
pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti? (So evamāha – ‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ
āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. Tamenaṃ so nibbeṭhentaṃ ativeṭheti –
‘iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā
pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti.)
[( ) etthantare pāṭho cūḷava. 237 natthi tassapāpiyasikāvāreevetena
bhavitabbaṃ]So evamāha – ‘ahaṃ kho, āvuso, ummādaṃ pāpuṇiṃ cetaso vipariyāsaṃ. Tena me
ummattakena bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhāciṇṇaṃ bhāsitaparikkantaṃ [bhāsitaparikantaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ.
pī.)] . Nāhaṃ taṃ sarāmi. Mūḷhena me etaṃ kata’nti. Tassa kho [tassa kho evaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] ,
ānanda, bhikkhuno amūḷhavinayo dātabbo. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, amūḷhavinayo hoti, evañca
panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ – amūḷhavinayena.
51 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ hoti? Idhānanda, bhikkhu codito vā acodito vā āpattiṃ
sarati, vivarati uttānīkaroti
[uttāniṃ karoti (ka.)] . Tena, ānanda, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhataraṃ bhikkhuṃ
[vuḍḍhataro bhikkhu (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā pāde vanditvā
ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ
āpanno, taṃ paṭidesemī’ti. So evamāha – ‘passasī’ti? ‘Āma passāmī’ti. ‘Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’ti.
(‘Saṃvarissāmī’ti.) [( ) vinaye natthi] Evaṃ kho, ānanda, paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ hoti, evañca
panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ – paṭiññātakaraṇena.
52 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, tassapāpiyasikā hoti? Idhānanda, bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ evarūpāya garukāya
āpattiyā codeti pārājikena vā pārājikasāmantena vā – ‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā
pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti? So evamāha – ‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ
āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. Tamenaṃ so nibbeṭhentaṃ ativeṭheti –
‘iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā
pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. So evamāha – ‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sarāmi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā
pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā; sarāmi ca kho ahaṃ, āvuso, evarūpiṃ appamattikaṃ āpattiṃ
āpajjitā’ti. Tamenaṃ so nibbeṭhentaṃ ativeṭheti – ‘iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi
evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti? So evamāha – ‘imañhi
nāmāhaṃ, āvuso, appamattikaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā apuṭṭho paṭijānissāmi. Kiṃ panāhaṃ evarūpiṃ
garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā puṭṭho napaṭijānissāmī’ti? So evamāha –
‘imañhi nāma tvaṃ, āvuso, appamattikaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā apuṭṭho napaṭijānissasi, kiṃ pana tvaṃ
evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā puṭṭho [apuṭṭho (syā. kaṃ. ka.)]
paṭijānissasi? Iṅghāyasmā sādhukameva jānāhi yadi sarasi evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ
vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. So evamāha – ‘sarāmi kho ahaṃ, āvuso, evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā
pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā. Davā me etaṃ vuttaṃ, ravā me etaṃ vuttaṃ – nāhaṃ taṃ sarāmi
evarūpiṃ garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitā pārājikaṃ vā pārājikasāmantaṃ vā’ti. Evaṃ kho, ānanda,
tassapāpiyasikā hoti, evañca panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti yadidaṃ –
tassapāpiyasikāya.
53 . ‘‘Kathañcānanda, tiṇavatthārako hoti? Idhānanda, bhikkhūnaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ
vivādāpannānaṃ viharataṃ bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhāciṇṇaṃ hoti bhāsitaparikkantaṃ. Tehānanda,
bhikkhūhi sabbeheva samaggehi sannipatitabbaṃ. Sannipatitvā ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ byattena
[byattatarena (s ī. pī. ka.)] bhikkhun ā uṭṭ hāyāsan ā eka ṃsa ṃ cīvara ṃ katv ā añjali ṃ pa ṇā metv ā
saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Idaṃ amhākaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ
viharataṃ bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhāciṇṇaṃ bhāsitaparikkantaṃ. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ yā
ceva imesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṃ atthāya attano ca
atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṃ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṃyutta’’’nti.
‘‘Athāparesaṃ ekatopakkhikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ byattena bhikkhunā uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ
katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Idaṃ amhākaṃ bhaṇḍanajātānaṃ kalahajātānaṃ vivādāpannānaṃ
viharataṃ bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhāciṇṇaṃ bhāsitaparikkantaṃ. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ yā
ceva imesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ āpatti yā ca attano āpatti, imesañceva āyasmantānaṃ atthāya attano ca
atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇavatthārakena deseyyaṃ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ ṭhapetvā gihipaṭisaṃyutta’’’nti.
‘‘Evaṃ kho, ānanda, tiṇavatthārako hoti, evañca panidhekaccānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vūpasamo hoti
yadidaṃ – tiṇavatthārakena.
54 . ‘‘Chayime, ānanda, dhammā sāraṇīyā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā
ekībhāvāya saṃvattanti. Katame cha? Idhānanda, bhikkhuno mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti
sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya
avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhuno mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi
ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā
ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhuno mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi
ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā
ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu – ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso
pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi – apaṭivibhattabhogī hoti, sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi
sādhāraṇabhogī. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā
ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu – yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni
bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu – sīlasāmaññagato
viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya
avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhu – yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā
dukkhakkhayā tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā – diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca.
Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya
saṃvattati. Ime kho, ānanda, cha sāraṇīyā dhammā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya
sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattanti.
‘‘Ime ce tumhe, ānanda, cha sāraṇīye dhamme samādāya vatteyyātha, passatha no tumhe, ānanda,
taṃ vacanapathaṃ aṇuṃ vā thūlaṃ vā yaṃ tumhe nādhivāseyyāthā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
‘‘Tasmātihānanda, ime cha sāraṇīye dhamme samādāya vattatha. Taṃ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya
sukh āyā’’ ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
Sāmagāmasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ.
5. Sunakkhattasuttaṃ
55 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ.
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulehi bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā hoti – ‘‘‘khīṇā jāti,
vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti. Assosi kho sunakkhatto
licchaviputto – ‘‘sambahulehi kira bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā hoti – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti. Atha kho sunakkhatto
licchaviputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante –
‘sambahulehi kira bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā – khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ,
kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti. ‘‘Ye te, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato santike aññaṃ
byākaṃsu – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti,
kacci te, bhante, bhikkhū sammadeva aññaṃ byākaṃsu udāhu santetthekacce bhikkhū adhimānena
aññaṃ byākaṃsūti?
56 . ‘‘Ye te, sunakkhatta, bhikkhū mama santike aññaṃ byākaṃsu – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti. ‘‘Santetthekacce bhikkhū
sammadeva aññaṃ byākaṃsu, santi panidhekacce bhikkhū adhimānenapi
[adhimānena (?)] aññaṃ
byākaṃsu. Tatra, sunakkhatta, ye te bhikkhū sammadeva aññaṃ byākaṃsu tesaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti; ye
pana te bhikkhū adhimānena aññaṃ byākaṃsu tatra, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘dhammaṃ
nesaṃ desessa’nti [deseyyanti (pī. ka.)] . Evañcettha, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassa hoti – ‘dhammaṃ nesaṃ
desessa’nti. Atha ca panidhekacce moghapurisā pañhaṃ abhisaṅkharitvā abhisaṅkharitvā tathāgataṃ
upasaṅkamitvā pucchanti. Tatra, sunakkhatta, yampi tathāgatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘dhammaṃ nesaṃ
desessa’nti tassapi hoti aññathatta’’nti. ‘‘Etassa bhagavā kālo, etassa sugata kālo, yaṃ bhagavā
dhammaṃ deseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, sunakkhatta suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ
manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavato paccassosi.
Bhagavā etadavoca –
57 . ‘‘Pañca kho ime, sunakkhatta, kāmaguṇā. Katame pañca? Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā…
jivh āviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā –
ime kho, sunakkhatta, pañca kāmaguṇā.
58 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo lokāmisādhimutto
assa. Lokāmisādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta, purisapuggalassa tappatirūpī ceva kathā saṇṭhāti,
tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañca purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati;
āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ
upaṭṭhāpeti [upaṭṭhapeti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] , na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati.
Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sakamhā gāmā vā nigamā vā ciravippavuttho assa. So aññataraṃ
purisaṃ passeyya tamhā gāmā vā nigamā vā acirapakkantaṃ. So taṃ purisaṃ tassa gāmassa vā
nigamassa vā khematañca subhikkhatañca appābādhatañca puccheyya; tassa so puriso tassa gāmassa vā
nigamassa vā khematañca subhikkhatañca appābādhatañca saṃseyya. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta,
api nu so puriso tassa purisassa sussūseyya, sotaṃ odaheyya, aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyya, tañca purisaṃ
bhajeyya, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, ṭhānametaṃ
vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo lokāmisādhimutto assa. Lokāmisādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta,
purisapuggalassa tappatir ūpī ceva kath ā sa ṇṭ hāti, tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvic āreti, tañca
purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati; āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na
sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ
āpajjati. So evamassa veditabbo – ‘āneñjasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto [āneñjasaṃyojanena hi kho
visaṃyutto-iti pāṭho sī. syā. kaṃ. pī. potthakesu natthi, aṭṭhakathāsu pana tabbaṇṇanā dissatiyeva]
lokāmisādhimutto purisapuggalo’’’ti.
59 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo āneñjādhimutto assa.
Āneñjādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta, purisapuggalassa tappatirūpī ceva kathā saṇṭhāti,
tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañca purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati;
lokāmisapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ
upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati. Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, paṇḍupalāso
bandhanā pavutto abhabbo haritattāya; evameva kho, sunakkhatta, āneñjādhimuttassa purisapuggalassa
ye lokāmisasaṃyojane se pavutte. So evamassa veditabbo – ‘lokāmisasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto
āneñjādhimutto purisapuggalo’’’ti.
60 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo
ākiñcaññāyatanādhimutto assa. Ākiñcaññāyatanādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta, purisapuggalassa
tappatirūpī ceva kathā saṇṭhāti, tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañca purisaṃ bhajati, tena
ca vittiṃ āpajjati; āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati,
na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati. Seyyathāpi,
sunakkhatta, puthusilā dvedhābhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti; evameva kho, sunakkhatta,
ākiñcaññāyatanādhimuttassa purisapuggalassa ye āneñjasaṃyojane se bhinne. So evamassa veditabbo –
‘āneñjasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto ākiñcaññāyatanādhimutto purisapuggalo’’’ti.
61 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanādhimutto assa. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta,
purisapuggalassa tappatirūpī ceva kathā saṇṭhāti, tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañca
purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati; ākiñcaññāyatanapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya
na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ
āpajjati. Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso manuññabhojanaṃ bhuttāvī chaḍḍeyya
[chaddeyya (?)] . Taṃ
kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu tassa purisassa tasmiṃ bhatte [vante (ka. sī.), bhutte (ka. sī. ka.)] puna
bhottukamyatā assā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Aduñhi, bhante, bhattaṃ [vantaṃ
(sī.)] paṭikūlasammata’’nti. ‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanādhimuttassa
purisapuggalassa ye ākiñcaññāyatanasaṃyojane se vante. So evamassa veditabbo –
‘ākiñcaññāyatanasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto nevasaññānāsaññāyatanādhimutto purisapuggalo’ti.
62 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco purisapuggalo sammā
nibbānādhimutto assa. Sammā nibbānādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta, purisapuggalassa tappatirūpī ceva
kathā saṇṭhāti, tadanudhammañca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañca purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ
āpajjati; nevasaññānāsaññāyatanapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ
odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati. Seyyathāpi,
sunakkhatta, tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna viruḷhiyā; evameva kho, sunakkhatta, sammā
nibbānādhimuttassa purisapuggalassa ye nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaṃyojane se ucchinnamūle
tālāvatthukate anabhāvaṃkate
[anabhāvakate (sī. pī.), anabhāvaṅgate (syā. kaṃ.)] āyatiṃ
anuppādadhamme. So evamassa veditabbo – ‘nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto
sammā nibbānādhimutto purisapuggalo’’’ti.
63 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evamassa – ‘taṇhā
kho sallaṃ samaṇena vuttaṃ, avijjāvisadoso, chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. Taṃ me taṇhāsallaṃ
pah īna ṃ , apan īto avijj āvisadoso, samm ā nibb ānādhimuttohamasm ī’ti. Eva ṃ m āni [eva ṃ m ānī (sī. pī.
ka.), evam ādi (sy ā. ka ṃ .)] assa atatha ṃ sam āna ṃ [attha ṃ sam āna ṃ (sy ā. ka ṃ . pī.), atthasam āna ṃ
(sī.)] . So yāni sammā nibbānādhimuttassa asappāyāni tāni anuyuñjeyya; asappāyaṃ cakkhunā
rūpadassanaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ
anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ jivhāya rasaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ anuyuñjeyya,
asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ anuyuñjeyya. Tassa asappāyaṃ cakkhunā rūpadassanaṃ anuyuttassa,
asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ jivhāya
rasaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ
anuyuttassa rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseyya. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya
maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. Tassa mittāmaccā
ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṃ sallakattaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ. Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ
parikanteyya. Satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṃ eseyya. Esaniyā sallaṃ esitvā sallaṃ
abbuheyya, apaneyya visadosaṃ saupādisesaṃ. Saupādisesoti [anupādisesoti (sabbattha) ayaṃ hi
tathāgatassa visayo] jānamāno so evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ambho purisa, ubbhataṃ kho te sallaṃ, apanīto
visadoso saupādiseso [anupādiseso (sabbattha) ayampi tathāgatassa visayo] . Analañca te antarāyāya.
Sappāyāni ceva bhojanāni bhuñjeyyāsi, mā te asappāyāni bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa. Kālena
kālañca vaṇaṃ dhoveyyāsi, kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpeyyāsi, mā te na kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ
dhovato na kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato pubbalohitaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandhi. Mā ca
vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuñji, mā te vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuttassa rajosūkaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ anuddhaṃsesi.
Vaṇānurakkhī ca, ambho purisa, vihareyyāsi vaṇasāropī’ti
[vaṇassāropīti (ka.) vaṇa + saṃ + ropī =
vaṇasāropī-iti padavibhāgo] . Tassa evamassa – ‘ubbhataṃ kho me sallaṃ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso.
Analañca me antarāyāyā’ti. So asappāyāni ceva bhojanāni bhuñjeyya. Tassa asappāyāni bhojanāni
bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa. Na ca kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhoveyya, na ca kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ
ālimpeyya. Tassa na kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhovato, na kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato
pubbalohitaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandheyya. Vātātape ca cārittaṃ anuyuñjeyya. Tassa vātātape
cārittaṃ anuyuttassa rajosūkaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ anuddhaṃseyya. Na ca vaṇānurakkhī vihareyya na
vaṇasāropī. Tassa imissā ca asappāyakiriyāya, asuci visadoso apanīto saupādiseso tadubhayena vaṇo
puthuttaṃ gaccheyya. So puthuttaṃ gatena vaṇena maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ.
‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evamassa – ‘taṇhā
kho sallaṃ samaṇena vuttaṃ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. Taṃ me taṇhāsallaṃ
pahīnaṃ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. Evaṃmāni assa atathaṃ
samānaṃ. So yāni sammā nibbānādhimuttassa asappāyāni tāni anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ cakkhunā
rūpadassanaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ
anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ jivhāya rasaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ anuyuñjeyya,
asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ anuyuñjeyya. Tassa asappāyaṃ cakkhunā rūpadassanaṃ anuyuttassa,
asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ jivhāya
rasaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ anuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ
anuyuttassa rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseyya. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya
maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Maraṇañhetaṃ, sunakkhatta, ariyassa vinaye yo sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya
hīnāyāvattati; maraṇamattañhetaṃ, sunakkhatta, dukkhaṃ yaṃ aññataraṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati.
64 . ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evamassa – ‘taṇhā
kho sallaṃ samaṇena vuttaṃ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. Taṃ me taṇhāsallaṃ
pahīnaṃ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. Sammā nibbānādhimuttasseva
sato so yāni sammā nibbānādhimuttassa asappāyāni tāni nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ cakkhunā
rūpadassanaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ
nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ jivhāya rasaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ nānuyuñjeyya,
asapp āya ṃ manas ā dhamma ṃ nānuyuñjeyya. Tassa asapp āya ṃ cakkhun ā rūpadassana ṃ nānuyuttassa,
asapp āya ṃ sotena sadda ṃ nānuyuttassa, asapp āya ṃ gh ānena gandha ṃ nānuyuttassa, asapp āya ṃ
jivh āya rasaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ manasā
dhammaṃ nānuyuttassa rāgo cittaṃ nānuddhaṃseyya. So na rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena neva maraṇaṃ
vā nigaccheyya na maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ.
‘‘Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. Tassa mittāmaccā
ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṃ sallakattaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ. Tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ
parikanteyya. Satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṃ eseyya. Esaniyā sallaṃ esitvā sallaṃ
abbuheyya, apaneyya visadosaṃ anupādisesaṃ. Anupādisesoti jānamāno so evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ambho
purisa, ubbhataṃ kho te sallaṃ, apanīto visadoso anupādiseso. Analañca te antarāyāya. Sappāyāni ceva
bhojanāni bhuñjeyyāsi, mā te asappāyāni bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa. Kālena kālañca vaṇaṃ
dhoveyyāsi, kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpeyyāsi. Mā te na kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhovato na kālena
kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato pubbalohitaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandhi. Mā ca vātātape cārittaṃ
anuyuñji, mā te vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuttassa rajosūkaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ anuddhaṃsesi. Vaṇānurakkhī ca,
ambho purisa, vihareyyāsi vaṇasāropī’ti. Tassa evamassa – ‘ubbhataṃ kho me sallaṃ, apanīto visadoso
anupādiseso. Analañca me antarāyāyā’ti. So sappāyāni ceva bhojanāni bhuñjeyya. Tassa sappāyāni
bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo na assāvī assa. Kālena kālañca vaṇaṃ dhoveyya, kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ
ālimpeyya. Tassa kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhovato kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato na pubbalohitaṃ
vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandheyya. Na ca vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuñjeyya. Tassa vātātape cārittaṃ
ananuyuttassa rajosūkaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ nānuddhaṃseyya. Vaṇānurakkhī ca vihareyya vaṇasāropī. Tassa
imissā ca sappāyakiriyāya asu ca
[asuci (sabbattha) socāti tabbaṇṇanā manasikātabbā]visadoso apanīto
anupādiseso tadubhayena vaṇo viruheyya. So ruḷhena vaṇena sañchavinā neva maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya
na maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ.
‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ idhekaccassa bhikkhuno evamassa – ‘taṇhā
kho sallaṃ samaṇena vuttaṃ, avijjāvisadoso chandarāgabyāpādena ruppati. Taṃ me taṇhāsallaṃ
pahīnaṃ, apanīto avijjāvisadoso, sammā nibbānādhimuttohamasmī’ti. Sammā nibbānādhimuttasseva
sato so yāni sammā nibbānādhimuttassa asappāyāni tāni nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ cakkhunā
rūpadassanaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ
nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ jivhāya rasaṃ nānuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ nānuyuñjeyya,
asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ nānuyuñjeyya. Tassa asappāyaṃ cakkhunā rūpadassanaṃ nānuyuttassa,
asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ ghānena gandhaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ jivhāya
rasaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ nānuyuttassa, asappāyaṃ manasā dhammaṃ
nānuyuttassa, rāgo cittaṃ nānuddhaṃseyya. So na rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena neva maraṇaṃ vā
nigaccheyya na maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ.
65 . ‘‘Upamā kho me ayaṃ, sunakkhatta, katā atthassa viññāpanāya. Ayaṃyevettha attho – vaṇoti
kho, sunakkhatta, channetaṃ ajjhattikānaṃ āyatanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ; visadosoti kho, sunakkhatta,
avijjāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ; sallanti kho, sunakkhatta, taṇhāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ; esanīti kho, sunakkhatta,
satiyāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ; satthanti kho, sunakkhatta, ariyāyetaṃ paññāya adhivacanaṃ; bhisakko
sallakattoti kho, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
‘‘So vata, sunakkhatta, bhikkhu chasu phassāyatanesu saṃvutakārī ‘upadhi dukkhassa mūla’nti – iti
viditvā nirupadhi upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto upadhismiṃ vā kāyaṃ upasaṃharissati cittaṃ vā
uppādessatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, āpānīyakaṃso vaṇṇasampanno
gandhasampanno rasasampanno; so ca kho visena saṃsaṭṭho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo
amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhapaṭikūlo. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu so puriso amuṃ
āpānīyakaṃsaṃ piveyya yaṃ jaññā – ‘imāhaṃ pivitvā maraṇaṃ vā nigacchāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā
dukkha’’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, so vata bhikkhu chasu phassāyatanesu
saṃvutakārī ‘upadhi dukkhassa mūla’nti – iti viditvā nirupadhi upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto upadhismiṃ vā
kāyaṃ upasaṃharissati cittaṃ vā uppādessatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Seyyathāpi, sunakkhatta, āsīviso
[āsiviso (ka.)] ghoraviso. Atha puriso āgaccheyya j īvituk āmo amarituk āmo sukhak āmo
dukkhapaṭikūlo. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu so puriso amussa āsīvisassa ghoravisassa
hatthaṃ vā aṅguṭṭhaṃ vā dajjā [yuñjeyya (ka.)] yaṃ jaññā – ‘imināhaṃ daṭṭho maraṇaṃ vā nigacchāmi
maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, sunakkhatta, so vata bhikkhu
chasu phassāyatanesu saṃvutakārī ‘upadhi dukkhassa mūla’nti – iti viditvā nirupadhi upadhisaṅkhaye
vimutto upadhismiṃ vā kāyaṃ upasaṃharissati cittaṃ vā uppādessatīti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
Sunakkhattasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.
6. Āneñjasappāyasuttaṃ
66 . Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṃ nāma kurūnaṃ
nigamo. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato
paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘aniccā, bhikkhave, kāmā tucchā musā mosadhammā. Māyākatame
taṃ, bhikkhave, bālalāpanaṃ. Ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye ca samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca
diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā – ubhayametaṃ māradheyyaṃ, mārassesa
[mārasseva (ka.)] visayo, mārassesa nivāpo, mārassesa gocaro. Etthete pāpakā akusalā mānasā
abhijjhāpi byāpādāpi sārambhāpi saṃvattanti. Teva ariyasāvakassa idhamanusikkhato antarāyāya
sambhavanti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye ca
samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā – ubhayametaṃ
māradheyyaṃ, mārassesa visayo, mārassesa nivāpo, mārassesa gocaro. Etthete pāpakā akusalā mānasā
abhijjhāpi byāpādāpi sārambhāpi saṃvattanti, teva ariyasāvakassa idhamanusikkhato antarāyāya
sambhavanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ vipulena mahaggatena cetasā vihareyyaṃ abhibhuyya lokaṃ adhiṭṭhāya
manasā. Vipulena hi me mahaggatena cetasā viharato abhibhuyya lokaṃ adhiṭṭhāya manasā ye pāpakā
akusalā mānasā abhijjhāpi byāpādāpi sārambhāpi te na bhavissanti. Tesaṃ pahānā aparittañca me cittaṃ
bhavissati appamāṇaṃ subhāvita’nti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati.
Sampasāde sati etarahi vā āneñjaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā.
Ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa āneñjūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamā
āneñjasappāyā paṭipadā akkhāyati’’.
67 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye
ca samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā; yaṃ kiñci
rūpaṃ (sabbaṃ rūpaṃ) [( ) natthi sī. pī. potthakesu] cattāri ca mahābhūtāni, catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ
upādāyarūpa’nti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati. Sampasāde sati
etarahi vā āneñjaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ
vijjati yaṃ taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa āneñjūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyā āneñjasappāyā
paṭipadā akkhāyati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye ca
samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā; ye ca
diṭṭhadhammikā rūpā, ye ca samparāyikā rūpā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā rūpasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā
rūpasaññā – ubhayametaṃ aniccaṃ. Yadaniccaṃ taṃ nālaṃ abhinandituṃ, nālaṃ abhivadituṃ, nālaṃ
ajjhositu’nti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati. Sampasāde sati etarahi
vā āneñjaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ
taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa āneñjūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyā āneñjasappāyā paṭipadā
akkhāyati.
68 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye
ca samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā; ye ca
di ṭṭ hadhammik ā rūpā, ye ca sampar āyik ā rūpā; yā ca di ṭṭ hadhammik ā rūpasaññ ā, yā ca sampar āyik ā
rūpasaññā; yā ca āneñjasaññā – sabbā saññā. Yatthetā aparisesā nirujjhanti etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ –
yadidaṃ ākiñcaññāyatana’nti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati.
Sampasāde sati etarahi vā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ
maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa ākiñcaññāyatanūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ,
bhikkhave, paṭhamā ākiñcaññāyatanasappāyā paṭipadā akkhāyati.
69 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā iti
paṭisañcikkhati – ‘suññamidaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā’ti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino
āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati. Sampasāde sati etarahi vā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā
adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa
ākiñcaññāyatanūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyā ākiñcaññāyatanasappāyā paṭipadā akkhāyati.
70 . ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘nāhaṃ kvacani [kvacini (syā.
kaṃ. sī. aṭṭha.)] kassaci kiñcanatasmiṃ [kiñcanatasmi (?)] , na ca mama kvacani kismiñci kiñcanaṃ
natthī’ti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati. Sampasāde sati etarahi vā
ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ
vijjati yaṃ taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa ākiñcaññāyatanūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyā
ākiñcaññāyatanasappāyā paṭipadā akkhāyati.
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā, ye ca
samparāyikā kāmā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā; ye ca
diṭṭhadhammikā rūpā, ye ca samparāyikā rūpā; yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā rūpasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā
rūpasaññā; yā ca āneñjasaññā, yā ca ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā – sabbā saññā. Yatthetā aparisesā nirujjhanti
etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ – yadidaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatana’nti. Tassa evaṃpaṭipannassa
tabbahulavihārino āyatane cittaṃ pasīdati. Sampasāde sati etarahi vā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ
samāpajjati paññāya vā adhimuccati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjati yaṃ
taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ viññāṇaṃ assa nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave,
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasappāyā paṭipadā akkhāyatī’’ti.
71 . Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhikkhu evaṃ paṭipanno
hoti – ‘no cassa, no ca me siyā; na bhavissati, na me bhavissati; yadatthi yaṃ, bhūtaṃ – taṃ pajahāmī’ti.
Evaṃ upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. Parinibbāyeyya nu kho so, bhante, bhikkhu na vā parinibbāyeyyā’’ti?
‘‘Apetthekacco, ānanda, bhikkhu parinibbāyeyya, apetthekacco bhikkhu na parinibbāyeyyā’’ti. ‘‘Ko nu
kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yenapetthekacco bhikkhu parinibbāyeyya, apetthekacco bhikkhu na
parinibbāyeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Idhānanda, bhikkhu evaṃ paṭipanno hoti – ‘no cassa, no ca me siyā; na bhavissati,
na me bhavissati; yadatthi, yaṃ bhūtaṃ – taṃ pajahāmī’ti. Evaṃ upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. So taṃ
upekkhaṃ abhinandati, abhivadati, ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Tassa taṃ upekkhaṃ abhinandato abhivadato
ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato tannissitaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ tadupādānaṃ. Saupādāno, ānanda, bhikkhu na
parinibbāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Kahaṃ pana so, bhante, bhikkhu upādiyamāno upādiyatī’’ti?
‘‘Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Upādānaseṭṭhaṃ kira so, bhante, bhikkhu upādiyamāno
upādiyatī’’ti? ‘‘Upādānaseṭṭhañhi so, ānanda, bhikkhu upādiyamāno upādiyati. Upādānaseṭṭhañhetaṃ,
ānanda, yadidaṃ – nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ’’.
72 . ‘‘Idhānanda, bhikkhu evaṃ paṭipanno hoti – ‘no cassa, no ca me siyā; na bhavissati, na me
bhavissati; yadatthi, yaṃ bhūtaṃ – taṃ pajahāmī’ti. Evaṃ upekkhaṃ paṭilabhati. So taṃ upekkhaṃ
nābhinandati, nābhivadati, na ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Tassa taṃ upekkhaṃ anabhinandato anabhivadato
anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato na tannissitaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ na tadupādānaṃ. Anupādāno, ānanda, bhikkhu
parinibbāyatī’’ti.
73 . ‘‘Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Nissāya nissāya kira no, bhante, bhagavatā oghassa
Bản dịch
Chưa có bản dịch đã xuất bản.
Bản dịch được quản trị theo từng trang nguồn; có thể đổi ngôn ngữ bằng các tab phía trên cột dịch (khi hiển thị dịch). «Trang trong sách»: Liền mạch gộp nhiều trang (có giới hạn); Theo từng trang dùng mục lục hoặc nút chuyển trang — áp dụng cho mọi chế độ (Chỉ Pāli, Chỉ dịch, Song song).